Odoo Translation Bot
13665 lines
611 KiB
Plaintext
13665 lines
611 KiB
Plaintext
# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
|
||
# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A.
|
||
# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package.
|
||
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
|
||
#
|
||
# Translators:
|
||
# danimaribeiro <danimaribeiro@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||
# Luiz Carlos de Lima <luiz.carlos@akretion.com.br>, 2021
|
||
# Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||
# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||
# Rafael H L Moretti <rafael.moretti@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||
# Juliene Gomes <juliene_faria@hotmail.com>, 2021
|
||
# grazziano <grazziano.do+transifex@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||
# Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2021
|
||
# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2021
|
||
# Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2021
|
||
# Martin Trigaux, 2023
|
||
# Layna Nascimento, 2023
|
||
# Guilherme Lindner <lindner.guilherme@gmail.com>, 2023
|
||
# Silmar <pinheirosilmar@gmail.com>, 2023
|
||
# Wil Odoo, 2023
|
||
#
|
||
#, fuzzy
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n"
|
||
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
|
||
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 08:28+0000\n"
|
||
"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n"
|
||
"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n"
|
||
"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n"
|
||
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
|
||
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
|
||
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
|
||
"Language: pt_BR\n"
|
||
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n == 0 || n == 1) ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Inventory & MRP"
|
||
msgstr "Inventário & MRP"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Inventory"
|
||
msgstr "Inventário"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse "
|
||
"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage"
|
||
" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like "
|
||
"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Odoo Inventário** é um aplicativo de inventário e um sistema de "
|
||
"gerenciamento de armazém, com um aplicativo avançado de leitura de código de"
|
||
" barras. Aprenda como gerenciar lead times, automatizar reabastecimentos e "
|
||
"configurar rotas avançadas como drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Tutoriais Odoo: Inventário <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"`Tutoriais Odoo: Scanner de Código de Barras "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Códigos de Barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Daily Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Operações Diárias"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr "Processo para um ajuste de estoque com códigos de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open"
|
||
" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory "
|
||
"Adjustments*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para processar um ajuste de estoque usando códigos de barras, primeiro você "
|
||
"precisa abrir o aplicativo *Código de Barras*. Em seguida, no aplicativo, "
|
||
"clique em *Ajustes de estoque*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet "
|
||
"*Commands for Inventory*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para trabalhar totalmente com códigos de barras, você pode baixar a planilha"
|
||
" *Comandos para Inventário*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to "
|
||
"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Depois de clicar em *Ajustes de inventário*, o Odoo criará um "
|
||
"automaticamente. Observe que, se você trabalha com vários locais, primeiro "
|
||
"precisa especificar em qual local o ajuste de estoque ocorre."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the "
|
||
"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se você não trabalha com múltiplos locais, poderá escanear os diferentes "
|
||
"produtos que deseja incluir no ajuste de estoque."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set"
|
||
" the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se você tiver cinco artigos idênticos, digitalize cinco vezes ou use o "
|
||
"teclado para definir a quantidade."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if "
|
||
"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in "
|
||
"manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Além de usar o leitor de código de barras, você também pode adicionar "
|
||
"manualmente um produto, se necessário. Para isso, clique em *Adicionar "
|
||
"Produto* e preencha os dados manualmente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory "
|
||
"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Depois de escanear todos os itens do local, valide o inventário manualmente "
|
||
"ou escaneie o código de barras *Validar*."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Overview"
|
||
msgstr "Visão geral"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful."
|
||
" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in"
|
||
" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get "
|
||
"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the "
|
||
"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Existem diferentes situações em que as nomenclaturas de códigos de barras "
|
||
"podem ser úteis. Um caso de uso bem conhecido é o de um ponto de venda que "
|
||
"vende produtos a granel, em que os próprios clientes dimensionam seus "
|
||
"produtos e obtêm o código de barras impresso para colar no produto. Este "
|
||
"código de barras conterá o peso do produto e ajudará a calcular o preço de "
|
||
"acordo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature"
|
||
msgstr "Criar uma nomenclatura de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and "
|
||
"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode "
|
||
"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to "
|
||
"create your first rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você pode criar uma nomenclatura de código de barras a partir daí e "
|
||
"adicionar uma linha para criar sua primeira regra."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode "
|
||
"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature,"
|
||
" in our case it will be Weighted Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A primeira etapa é especificar o **nome da regra**, por exemplo Código de "
|
||
"barras de peso com 3 casas decimais. Você então tem que especificar o tipo "
|
||
"de nomenclatura do código de barras, no nosso caso será Produto Pesado."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of "
|
||
"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will "
|
||
"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start."
|
||
" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there"
|
||
" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the"
|
||
" “D” define the decimals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O Padrão de Código de Barras é uma expressão regular que define a estrutura "
|
||
"do código de barras. Neste exemplo 21 define os produtos nos quais a regra "
|
||
"será aplicada, são os números pelos quais o código de barras do produto deve"
|
||
" começar. Os 5 “pontos” são os seguintes números do código de barras do "
|
||
"produto e servem apenas para identificar o produto em questão. O “N” define "
|
||
"um número e o “D” define os decimais."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should"
|
||
" be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A codificação permite especificar a codificação do código de barras na qual "
|
||
"a regra deve ser aplicada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the "
|
||
"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você pode definir diferentes regras e ordenar sua prioridade graças à "
|
||
"sequência. A primeira regra que corresponder ao código de barras escaneado "
|
||
"será aplicada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Configure your Product"
|
||
msgstr "Configure o seu Produto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51
|
||
msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;"
|
||
msgstr "O código de barras do produto deve começar por \"21\";"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to "
|
||
"identify the product;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Os 5 “pontos” são os demais números do código de barras do seu produto, "
|
||
"permitindo identificar o produto;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case"
|
||
" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O código de barras deve conter 0's onde você definiu D's ou N's. No nosso "
|
||
"caso precisamos definir 5 zeros porque configuramos “21…..{NNDDD}”;"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know"
|
||
" which digit it should be in your case."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"No EAN-13, o último número é um número de verificação, use um gerador EAN13 "
|
||
"para saber qual dígito deve ser no seu caso."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following"
|
||
" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when "
|
||
"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically "
|
||
"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the "
|
||
"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Caso você pese 1,5 Kg de macarrão, a balança imprimirá o seguinte código de "
|
||
"barras 2112345015002. Se você escanear este código de barras em seu PDV ou "
|
||
"ao receber produtos em seu aplicativo de código de barras, o Odoo criará "
|
||
"automaticamente uma nova linha para o produto Massa para uma quantidade de "
|
||
"1,5 kg. Para o ponto de venda também será calculado um preço em função da "
|
||
"quantidade."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Rule Types"
|
||
msgstr "Tipos de Regra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"price, used in POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"**Produto com Preço**: permite identificar o produto e especificar seu "
|
||
"preço, utilizado no PDV."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied "
|
||
"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the "
|
||
"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its "
|
||
"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the "
|
||
"weight) and in inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with "
|
||
"loyalty program."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76
|
||
msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-"
|
||
"location is activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are"
|
||
" activated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the "
|
||
"Mercury module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any "
|
||
"number of characters, those characters being any number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process to Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Simple Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to "
|
||
"*Operations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to "
|
||
"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to "
|
||
"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the "
|
||
"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the "
|
||
"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with "
|
||
"the stock moves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add "
|
||
"additional steps for the different operation types."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39
|
||
msgid "Receipts"
|
||
msgstr "Recebimentos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to "
|
||
"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main "
|
||
"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode "
|
||
"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply "
|
||
"scan the next product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders"
|
||
msgstr "Pedidos de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is "
|
||
"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start "
|
||
"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to "
|
||
"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to "
|
||
"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the "
|
||
"*Previous* and *Next* buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you "
|
||
"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Internal Transfers"
|
||
msgstr "Transferências Internas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to "
|
||
"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in "
|
||
"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct,"
|
||
" you don’t need to scan them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways "
|
||
"of working:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, "
|
||
"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the"
|
||
" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work "
|
||
"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the "
|
||
"lot/serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print"
|
||
" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode "
|
||
"sheet* from the home page of the app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document."
|
||
" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your "
|
||
"products to populate it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Definição"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set up your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configure seu leitor de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good "
|
||
"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will "
|
||
"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Começar a ler códigos de barras no Odoo é bastante fácil. Ainda assim, uma "
|
||
"boa experiência do usuário depende de uma configuração de hardware "
|
||
"apropriada. Este guia o ajudará na tarefa de escolher e configurar o leitor "
|
||
"de código de barras."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs"
|
||
msgstr "Encontre o leitor de código de barras que atende às suas necessidades"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo "
|
||
"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the "
|
||
"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Os três tipos recomendados de leitores de código de barras para trabalhar "
|
||
"com os aplicativos Odoo ** Inventário ** e ** Código de barras Scanning ** "
|
||
"são o ** scanner USB **, ** o scanner bluetooth ** e o ** scanner de "
|
||
"computador móvel ** ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way "
|
||
"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when"
|
||
" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can "
|
||
"be configured to be so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se você digitalizar produtos em um computador, o ** scanner USB ** é o "
|
||
"caminho certo. Basta conectá-lo ao computador para iniciar a digitalização. "
|
||
"Apenas certifique-se ao comprá-lo de que o scanner é compatível com o layout"
|
||
" do seu teclado ou pode ser configurado para ser compatível."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is"
|
||
" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An "
|
||
"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner "
|
||
"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check "
|
||
"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O ** scanner bluetooth ** pode ser emparelhado com um smartphone ou tablet e"
|
||
" é uma boa escolha se você quiser ser móvel, mas não precisa de um grande "
|
||
"investimento. Uma abordagem é fazer o login no Odoo em seu smartphone, "
|
||
"emparelhar o scanner bluetooth com o smartphone e trabalhar no armazém com a"
|
||
" possibilidade de verificar seu smartphone de vez em quando e usar o "
|
||
"software 'manualmente'."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It "
|
||
"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can "
|
||
"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure "
|
||
"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using "
|
||
"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the "
|
||
"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market,"
|
||
" it is essential to test it first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para uso pesado, o ** scanner de computador móvel ** é a solução mais "
|
||
"prática. Ele consiste em um pequeno computador com leitor de código de "
|
||
"barras integrado. Esta pode acabar sendo uma solução muito produtiva, no "
|
||
"entanto, você precisa ter certeza de que é capaz de executar o Odoo sem "
|
||
"problemas. Os modelos mais recentes usando Android + Google Chrome ou "
|
||
"Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile devem fazer o trabalho. Porém, devido à "
|
||
"variedade de modelos e configurações existentes no mercado, é fundamental "
|
||
"testá-lo primeiro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Configure your barcode scanner"
|
||
msgstr "Configure o seu leitor de código de barras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Keyboard layout"
|
||
msgstr "Layout do teclado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard "
|
||
"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate "
|
||
"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners"
|
||
" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Um leitor de código de barras USB precisa ser configurado para usar o mesmo "
|
||
"layout de teclado do seu sistema operacional. Caso contrário, seu scanner "
|
||
"não traduzirá os caracteres corretamente (substituindo um 'A' por um 'Q', "
|
||
"por exemplo). A maioria dos leitores é configurada digitalizando o código de"
|
||
" barras apropriado no manual do usuário."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Automatic carriage return"
|
||
msgstr "Retorno automático do transporte"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan "
|
||
"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this "
|
||
"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end"
|
||
" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be "
|
||
"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR"
|
||
" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por padrão, o Odoo tem um atraso de 50 milissegundos entre cada varredura "
|
||
"sucessiva (ajuda a evitar varredura dupla acidental). Se desejar suprimir "
|
||
"esse atraso, você pode configurar seu scanner para inserir um retorno de "
|
||
"carro no final de cada código de barras. Esta é geralmente a configuração "
|
||
"padrão e pode ser explicitamente configurada lendo um código de barras "
|
||
"específico no manual do usuário ('sufixo CR ON', 'Aplicar Enter para "
|
||
"sufixo', etc.)."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost "
|
||
"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly "
|
||
"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to "
|
||
"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with "
|
||
"the barcode scanner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:11
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuração"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality "
|
||
"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you "
|
||
"have ticked the feature, you can hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Set Product Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the "
|
||
"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure "
|
||
"Products Barcodes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly "
|
||
"at creation on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the "
|
||
"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Set Locations Barcodes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a "
|
||
"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the"
|
||
" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the "
|
||
"*Print* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Barcode Formats"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without "
|
||
"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering "
|
||
"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your "
|
||
"own barcode format for internal use."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouse Management"
|
||
msgstr "Gerenciamento de armazenagem"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers"
|
||
msgstr "Lotes e números de série"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?"
|
||
msgstr "Qual é a diferença entre lotes e números de série?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Introduction"
|
||
msgstr "Introdução"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional "
|
||
"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the"
|
||
" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"No Odoo, os lotes e os números de série têm semelhanças em seu sistema "
|
||
"funcional, mas são diferentes em seu comportamento. Ambos são gerenciados no"
|
||
" aplicativo ** Inventário **, ** Compras ** e ** Vendas **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store "
|
||
"altogether in one single pack."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"** Lotes ** correspondem a um determinado número de produtos que você "
|
||
"recebeu e armazena em um único pacote."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in "
|
||
"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to "
|
||
"delivery and after-sales."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"** Números de série ** são números de identificação atribuídos a um produto "
|
||
"em particular, para permitir rastrear o histórico do item desde a recepção "
|
||
"até a entrega e pós-venda."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22
|
||
msgid "When to use"
|
||
msgstr "Quando usar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for "
|
||
"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other "
|
||
"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a "
|
||
"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or "
|
||
"food."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"** Lotes ** são interessantes para produtos que você recebe em grande "
|
||
"quantidade e para os quais um número de lote pode ajudar em relatórios, "
|
||
"controles de qualidade ou qualquer outra informação. Os lotes ajudarão a "
|
||
"identificar várias peças que apresentam, por exemplo, uma falha de produção."
|
||
" Pode ser útil para a produção em lote de roupas ou alimentos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales "
|
||
"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. "
|
||
"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the"
|
||
" way you manage these products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"** Os números de série ** são interessantes para itens que podem exigir "
|
||
"serviço pós-venda, como smartphones, laptops, geladeiras e quaisquer "
|
||
"dispositivos eletrônicos. Você pode usar o número de série do fabricante ou "
|
||
"o seu próprio, dependendo da maneira como você gerencia esses produtos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36
|
||
msgid "When not to use"
|
||
msgstr "Quando não usar"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and "
|
||
"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few "
|
||
"chances that you can return them for production fault."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Armazenar produtos consumíveis como papel de cozinha, papel higiênico, "
|
||
"canetas e blocos de papel em lotes não faria sentido, pois há muito poucas "
|
||
"chances de você poder devolvê-los por falha de produção."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-"
|
||
"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have "
|
||
"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, "
|
||
"for instance, makes no sense at all."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Por outro lado, atribuir um número de série a cada produto é uma tarefa "
|
||
"demorada que terá uma finalidade apenas no caso de itens que tenham garantia"
|
||
" e / ou serviço pós-venda. Colocar um número de série no pão, por exemplo, "
|
||
"não faz sentido algum."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:48
|
||
msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`serial_numbers`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:49
|
||
msgid ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`lots`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles "
|
||
"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates "
|
||
"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending "
|
||
"expired products to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* "
|
||
"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been"
|
||
" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for "
|
||
"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, "
|
||
"buy and sell perishable products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and"
|
||
" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional "
|
||
"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery "
|
||
"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these "
|
||
"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage "
|
||
"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Configure expiration dates on products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` "
|
||
"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, "
|
||
"expiration information can be configured on individual products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
|
||
"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form "
|
||
"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` "
|
||
"in the upper-left corner to make changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration "
|
||
"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either "
|
||
":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must "
|
||
"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field "
|
||
"appears to the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
|
||
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order "
|
||
"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is"
|
||
" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to"
|
||
" the same lot, if any issues arise."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration "
|
||
"information to configure for the product:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products "
|
||
"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may "
|
||
"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date "
|
||
"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being "
|
||
"dangerous yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
|
||
"which the goods should be removed from stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in "
|
||
"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a"
|
||
" particular serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration "
|
||
"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or "
|
||
"manufactured in-house."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for "
|
||
"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon "
|
||
"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, "
|
||
"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from"
|
||
" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new "
|
||
"request for quotation (RFQ)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add "
|
||
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This "
|
||
"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order "
|
||
"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
|
||
"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. "
|
||
"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products."
|
||
" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an "
|
||
"assigned lot or serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0
|
||
msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon "
|
||
"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial "
|
||
"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on "
|
||
"the product form (if previously configured)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, "
|
||
"this date can be manually entered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
|
||
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
|
||
"#`; and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151
|
||
msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. "
|
||
"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order "
|
||
"(MO) needs to be completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding"
|
||
" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170
|
||
msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number "
|
||
"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to "
|
||
"automatically assign a new lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail "
|
||
"form for that specific number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information "
|
||
"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same "
|
||
"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, "
|
||
"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191
|
||
msgid "Sell products with expiration dates"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any "
|
||
"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to "
|
||
"create a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new "
|
||
"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the "
|
||
"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` "
|
||
"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected "
|
||
"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales "
|
||
"order to see the warehouse receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically "
|
||
"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the "
|
||
"customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the "
|
||
"product form, then no alerts will be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal "
|
||
"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be "
|
||
"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock "
|
||
"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the "
|
||
"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest "
|
||
"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Categories`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:209
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227
|
||
msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`"
|
||
" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`,"
|
||
" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down "
|
||
"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and "
|
||
"the assigned lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "Expiration alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products "
|
||
"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. "
|
||
"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail "
|
||
"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information "
|
||
"related to the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the "
|
||
"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or "
|
||
"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration "
|
||
"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are "
|
||
"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that "
|
||
"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot"
|
||
" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is "
|
||
"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a"
|
||
" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common "
|
||
"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. "
|
||
"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows "
|
||
"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their "
|
||
"lifecycles."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large "
|
||
"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product "
|
||
"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or "
|
||
"expiration dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be "
|
||
"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click "
|
||
"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:34
|
||
msgid "Track products by lots"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, "
|
||
"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do "
|
||
"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, "
|
||
"and choose a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the "
|
||
"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be "
|
||
"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or "
|
||
"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign"
|
||
" lot numbers to the existing stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot "
|
||
"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->"
|
||
" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a "
|
||
"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated "
|
||
"automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to "
|
||
"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired "
|
||
"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, "
|
||
"and changing the generated number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank "
|
||
"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this "
|
||
"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, "
|
||
"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a "
|
||
"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-"
|
||
"website environment)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be "
|
||
"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:78
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"button to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired "
|
||
"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`"
|
||
" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the "
|
||
"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this "
|
||
"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and"
|
||
" assigned to it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. "
|
||
"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order "
|
||
"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales "
|
||
"order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Manage lots on receipts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the "
|
||
"purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app "
|
||
"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary "
|
||
"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products "
|
||
"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` "
|
||
"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is "
|
||
"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered "
|
||
"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-"
|
||
"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot "
|
||
"number being assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a "
|
||
":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). "
|
||
"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the "
|
||
"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` "
|
||
"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the"
|
||
" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. "
|
||
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:147
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for "
|
||
"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Demand`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with "
|
||
"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to "
|
||
"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial"
|
||
" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of"
|
||
" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually "
|
||
"entered in each of the lot number lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0
|
||
msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:164
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt."
|
||
" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`"
|
||
" assigned, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:170
|
||
msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the "
|
||
"sales order (SO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app "
|
||
"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines "
|
||
"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:181
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button"
|
||
" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an "
|
||
":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:187
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt "
|
||
"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:190
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a "
|
||
"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). "
|
||
"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, "
|
||
"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if"
|
||
" there is enough stock in that particular lot)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:198
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the "
|
||
"total quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the "
|
||
"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO "
|
||
"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will "
|
||
"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one "
|
||
"lot to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button "
|
||
"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`"
|
||
" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared "
|
||
"the same lot number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:228
|
||
msgid "Manage lots for different operations types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** "
|
||
"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot "
|
||
"be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:233
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on"
|
||
" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation "
|
||
"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` "
|
||
"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be "
|
||
"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button"
|
||
" to save the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:245
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking "
|
||
"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. "
|
||
"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:254
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be "
|
||
"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for"
|
||
" warehouse receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:258
|
||
msgid "Lots traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Lotes de rastreabilidade"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the "
|
||
"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was "
|
||
"stored, and who (and when) it went to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:267
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
|
||
"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have "
|
||
"assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:270
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the "
|
||
"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from "
|
||
"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:274
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded "
|
||
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:282
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use serial numbers to track products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in "
|
||
"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or "
|
||
"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items"
|
||
" and products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can "
|
||
"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical "
|
||
"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure "
|
||
"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply"
|
||
" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-"
|
||
"sales services to products that they sell and deliver."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down "
|
||
"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"button to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, "
|
||
"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure "
|
||
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and "
|
||
"choose a desired product to track."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` "
|
||
"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers "
|
||
"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches "
|
||
"of this product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-"
|
||
"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock"
|
||
" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to "
|
||
"the product by making an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no "
|
||
"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so "
|
||
"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the "
|
||
"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by "
|
||
"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and "
|
||
"changing the generated number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field "
|
||
"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, "
|
||
"select the product to which this new number will be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to "
|
||
"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a "
|
||
"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-"
|
||
"website environment)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product,"
|
||
" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this "
|
||
"newly-created serial number was just assigned to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"smart button to view the new serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods."
|
||
" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase "
|
||
"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the "
|
||
"sales order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the"
|
||
" purchase order (PO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary "
|
||
"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired "
|
||
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm "
|
||
"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a "
|
||
"purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the "
|
||
"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the "
|
||
"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to "
|
||
"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered "
|
||
"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated "
|
||
"without a serial number being assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the "
|
||
"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-"
|
||
"up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, "
|
||
"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from"
|
||
" a spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142
|
||
msgid "Assign serial numbers manually"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where "
|
||
"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field "
|
||
"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155
|
||
msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to "
|
||
"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of "
|
||
"the individual products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial "
|
||
"number in the desired order to be assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items "
|
||
"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate "
|
||
"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174
|
||
msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first "
|
||
"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the "
|
||
"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create "
|
||
"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the "
|
||
"column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can "
|
||
"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, "
|
||
"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign "
|
||
"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on"
|
||
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from "
|
||
"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt."
|
||
" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
|
||
"#`, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the "
|
||
"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial "
|
||
"#`, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the"
|
||
" sales order (SO)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill "
|
||
"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding "
|
||
"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` "
|
||
"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button"
|
||
" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation "
|
||
"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button"
|
||
" appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, "
|
||
"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with "
|
||
"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial "
|
||
"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button "
|
||
"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` "
|
||
"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`"
|
||
" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product "
|
||
"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256
|
||
msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon "
|
||
"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers "
|
||
"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers "
|
||
"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be"
|
||
" used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any "
|
||
"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then "
|
||
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and "
|
||
"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` "
|
||
"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284
|
||
msgid "Serial number traceability"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the"
|
||
" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was "
|
||
"stored, and who it went to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing "
|
||
"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by "
|
||
"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been "
|
||
"specifically assigned to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from "
|
||
"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, "
|
||
"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down "
|
||
"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, "
|
||
"and click :guilabel:`Apply`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded "
|
||
"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique "
|
||
"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per "
|
||
"serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot "
|
||
"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific "
|
||
"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all "
|
||
"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that "
|
||
"serial number."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Miscellaneous Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Operações Diversas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process Batch Transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing "
|
||
"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you "
|
||
"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it,"
|
||
" either via the barcode application or in the form view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option "
|
||
"in the Odoo Inventory app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` "
|
||
"and hit the create button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you "
|
||
"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a"
|
||
" line*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that "
|
||
"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to "
|
||
"be included in the batch transfer were selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n"
|
||
"to the batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. "
|
||
"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the "
|
||
"locations they have been reserved from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target"
|
||
" locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in "
|
||
"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers "
|
||
"list view"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch "
|
||
"transfer or create a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the"
|
||
" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select "
|
||
"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated "
|
||
"too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for "
|
||
"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n"
|
||
"of a batch transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch "
|
||
"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source "
|
||
"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* "
|
||
"button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode "
|
||
"application"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last "
|
||
"page) to mark the batch transfer as done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either "
|
||
"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers "
|
||
"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's "
|
||
"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called "
|
||
"*consignment*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and "
|
||
"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company "
|
||
"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their "
|
||
"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing "
|
||
"products they don't actually own."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Enable the consignment setting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be "
|
||
"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section,"
|
||
" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28
|
||
msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into"
|
||
" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply "
|
||
"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase "
|
||
"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of "
|
||
"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then "
|
||
"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same "
|
||
"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields "
|
||
"must match."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the "
|
||
"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of "
|
||
"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be "
|
||
"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold "
|
||
"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` "
|
||
"option enabled on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, "
|
||
"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` "
|
||
"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the "
|
||
"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent "
|
||
"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Sales order of consignment stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will "
|
||
"become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`"
|
||
" to validate the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not "
|
||
"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will "
|
||
"*still* appear in certain inventory reports."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, "
|
||
"and choose a report to view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products "
|
||
"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no "
|
||
"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96
|
||
msgid "Product moves report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information "
|
||
"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product "
|
||
"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` "
|
||
"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` "
|
||
"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to "
|
||
"finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Consignment stock moves history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Stock on hand report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this "
|
||
"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in "
|
||
"addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products,"
|
||
" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Planning"
|
||
msgstr "Planejamento"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It "
|
||
"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, "
|
||
"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate"
|
||
" scheduled dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for "
|
||
"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer "
|
||
"will get the products he ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives "
|
||
"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take "
|
||
"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into "
|
||
"account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19
|
||
msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated "
|
||
"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is"
|
||
" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you "
|
||
"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer "
|
||
"lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many "
|
||
"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default"
|
||
" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead "
|
||
"Time**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a "
|
||
"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope "
|
||
"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the "
|
||
"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be "
|
||
"the default *Receipt* scheduled date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO "
|
||
"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt "
|
||
"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to "
|
||
"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo "
|
||
"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific "
|
||
"date is set on the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to "
|
||
"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to "
|
||
"produce and does not take the routing time into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk "
|
||
"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery "
|
||
"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead"
|
||
" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Sales - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows "
|
||
"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is"
|
||
" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously "
|
||
"configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into "
|
||
"account"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a "
|
||
"warning message is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n"
|
||
"by Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure "
|
||
"all the lead times that could occur."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93
|
||
msgid "Customer Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Prazo de Entrega do Cliente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your"
|
||
" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by "
|
||
"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your "
|
||
"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead"
|
||
" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219
|
||
msgid "Security Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Lead Time de Segurança"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are "
|
||
"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping "
|
||
"earlier in order to arrive on time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a "
|
||
"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but "
|
||
"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for "
|
||
"the delivery order is the 5th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131
|
||
msgid "Deliver several products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can "
|
||
"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or "
|
||
"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When"
|
||
" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to "
|
||
"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead "
|
||
"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated "
|
||
"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is "
|
||
"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of "
|
||
"April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the "
|
||
"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product"
|
||
" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154
|
||
msgid "Purchase - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Supplier Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to "
|
||
"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase "
|
||
"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the "
|
||
"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase "
|
||
"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead "
|
||
"Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times "
|
||
"depending on the vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for "
|
||
"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error "
|
||
"for your supplier to deliver your order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are "
|
||
"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time"
|
||
msgstr "Prazo de Fabricação"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product."
|
||
" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the "
|
||
"number of days the manufacturing takes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the "
|
||
"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s"
|
||
" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of "
|
||
"July is June 27th."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing "
|
||
"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app "
|
||
"settings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th "
|
||
"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead "
|
||
"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238
|
||
msgid "Global Example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240
|
||
msgid "Here is a configuration:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243
|
||
msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244
|
||
msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245
|
||
msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246
|
||
msgid "4 days of supplier lead time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery "
|
||
"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, "
|
||
"here is when all the various steps are triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252
|
||
msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier "
|
||
"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of"
|
||
" security lead time for Purchase)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 "
|
||
"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for "
|
||
"Manufacturing)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of "
|
||
"security lead time for sales)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Products"
|
||
msgstr "Produtos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a "
|
||
"replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a"
|
||
" sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a "
|
||
"vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a "
|
||
"product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing "
|
||
"order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a "
|
||
"sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product"
|
||
" being ordered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| "
|
||
"is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. "
|
||
"However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` "
|
||
"button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes "
|
||
"that are currently archived."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-"
|
||
"down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all "
|
||
"available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is "
|
||
"now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:47
|
||
msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to "
|
||
"use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an "
|
||
"existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
|
||
"section, along with one other route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless "
|
||
"another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to"
|
||
" replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture "
|
||
"it, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so "
|
||
"makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs "
|
||
"below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials "
|
||
"(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` "
|
||
"smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for "
|
||
"the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:88
|
||
msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is"
|
||
" created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed."
|
||
" The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition "
|
||
"to |MTO|."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order "
|
||
"is created upon confirmation of a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is "
|
||
"always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if "
|
||
"there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, "
|
||
"without buying or manufacturing additional units of it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, "
|
||
"the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by "
|
||
"navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`,"
|
||
" which opens a blank quotation form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a"
|
||
" product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a "
|
||
"purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at "
|
||
"the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting "
|
||
"the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the"
|
||
" order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been "
|
||
"shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain "
|
||
"threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by"
|
||
" specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a "
|
||
"maximum quantity that stock should not exceed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used "
|
||
"to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for "
|
||
"Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a "
|
||
"product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is "
|
||
"created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment "
|
||
"route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Configure products for reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly "
|
||
"configured. Begin by navigating to :guilabel:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make sure that the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is "
|
||
"necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, "
|
||
"and this number is used to trigger reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use "
|
||
"to replenish the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name."
|
||
" This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price "
|
||
"that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product"
|
||
" should be purchased from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it "
|
||
"needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This "
|
||
"is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products "
|
||
"with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product,"
|
||
" select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the "
|
||
"product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM "
|
||
"(Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:58
|
||
msgid "Create new reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill"
|
||
" out the new line as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:63
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:64
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted "
|
||
"without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this "
|
||
"number, a replenishment order for the product is created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up "
|
||
"to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished "
|
||
"in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in "
|
||
"batches of 20)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This "
|
||
"value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
|
||
"length, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, "
|
||
"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then "
|
||
"select a product. Click on :menuselection:`Reordering Rules --> Create`, "
|
||
"then fill out the new line as detailed above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a reordering rule has been created for a product, if its forecasted "
|
||
"quantity is below the rule's minimum quantity when the scheduler runs, a "
|
||
"replenishment order for the product is automatically generated. By default, "
|
||
"the scheduler runs once each day."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, select "
|
||
"the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up that appears. Be "
|
||
"aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for "
|
||
"Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for "
|
||
"Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Requests "
|
||
"for Quotation`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO "
|
||
"(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs "
|
||
"(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:101
|
||
msgid "Set a preferred route for reordering"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible"
|
||
" to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling "
|
||
"the functionality of both routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering "
|
||
"rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. "
|
||
"To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` column is hidden on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page. Enable it by selecting the :guilabel:`⋮ "
|
||
"(three-dot)` option button on the right side of the page and checking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Route` checkbox. Doing so reveals the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Route` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule and a drop-down "
|
||
"menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the "
|
||
"preferred route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set "
|
||
"for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route "
|
||
"that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: "
|
||
"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these "
|
||
"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering "
|
||
"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to "
|
||
"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Terminology"
|
||
msgstr "Terminologia"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative "
|
||
"forecast quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a "
|
||
"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales "
|
||
"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach "
|
||
"the maximum stock level."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or "
|
||
"from the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Make to order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase "
|
||
"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, "
|
||
"**regardless of the current stock level**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links"
|
||
" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo "
|
||
"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With"
|
||
" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's "
|
||
"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the "
|
||
"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are "
|
||
"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Replenishment.`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that "
|
||
"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, "
|
||
"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock"
|
||
" are both `0.00`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the "
|
||
"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For "
|
||
"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast "
|
||
"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time "
|
||
"and security lead time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* "
|
||
"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the "
|
||
"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is "
|
||
"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`"
|
||
" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. "
|
||
"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels "
|
||
"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the "
|
||
"replenishment report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet "
|
||
"current needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu "
|
||
"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` "
|
||
"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding "
|
||
"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a "
|
||
"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` "
|
||
"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96
|
||
msgid "Replenishment report fields"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of "
|
||
"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` "
|
||
"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a "
|
||
"field to make it visible."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current "
|
||
"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either "
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one"
|
||
" is configured)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either "
|
||
":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes "
|
||
"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the "
|
||
"replenishment is requested)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is "
|
||
"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be "
|
||
"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment "
|
||
"is triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available "
|
||
"after replenishing the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific "
|
||
"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 "
|
||
"products are replenished."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and "
|
||
"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate "
|
||
"Orders` button is clicked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity "
|
||
"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and, "
|
||
"changing the value, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`. To replenish a product "
|
||
"manually, click :guilabel:`Order Once`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a "
|
||
":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft "
|
||
"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set "
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual "
|
||
"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of "
|
||
"time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| "
|
||
"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) "
|
||
"that triggered the rule as the source document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment "
|
||
"report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:157
|
||
msgid "Make to order (MTO) route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is "
|
||
"hidden by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:168
|
||
msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162
|
||
msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click "
|
||
"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:171
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the "
|
||
"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, click on the "
|
||
"desired product to open its product form, and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` "
|
||
"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`"
|
||
" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` "
|
||
"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` "
|
||
"tab of the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` "
|
||
"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` "
|
||
"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, "
|
||
"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on "
|
||
"the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190
|
||
msgid "Finally, when all configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use Different Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary."
|
||
" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of"
|
||
" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you "
|
||
"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products "
|
||
"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your "
|
||
"customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você pode configurar o Odoo para funcionar com diferentes unidades de medida"
|
||
" para um produto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then "
|
||
"*Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Create New Units of Measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`."
|
||
" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we"
|
||
" will use for the Egg product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert "
|
||
"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same "
|
||
"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure "
|
||
"for the category which is “Units” here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, "
|
||
"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of "
|
||
"measure, and click on *Edit*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in "
|
||
"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal "
|
||
"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which"
|
||
" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*"
|
||
" it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of "
|
||
"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually "
|
||
"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to"
|
||
" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been "
|
||
"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84
|
||
msgid "Replenishment"
|
||
msgstr "Reposição"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, "
|
||
"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid "Sell in bigger UoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to "
|
||
"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically "
|
||
"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the "
|
||
"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are a variety of ways to specify the amount of products being"
|
||
" bought, stocked, and sold. *Units of measure*, *packages*, and *packagings*"
|
||
" are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of "
|
||
"configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Units of measure"
|
||
msgstr "Unidade de medida"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *unit of measure (UoM)* refers to any of the different standards used to "
|
||
"measure and handle a quanitifiable amount of products, such a units, weight,"
|
||
" time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for "
|
||
"example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, stock management and purchasing from suppliers are streamlined by "
|
||
"specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and "
|
||
"selling products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a product has a default :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` set on the product form, Odoo "
|
||
"automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales "
|
||
"orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same "
|
||
"category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:31
|
||
msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:33
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:34
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Because the vendor sells rope in `cm`, the purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is used "
|
||
"to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also "
|
||
"in centimeters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the quantity of product "
|
||
"(found under the now visible :guilabel:`Demand` column) is converted from "
|
||
"the purchase :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` to the :guilabel:`Unit of "
|
||
"Measure`. Then, when the product is received by clicking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is "
|
||
"automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the *receipt* for `Rope`, the quantities are automatically converted from"
|
||
" `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match "
|
||
"the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure "
|
||
"<inventory/management/products/units_of_measure>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Packages"
|
||
msgstr "Pacotes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packages are a physical container that holds one or several products from a "
|
||
"picking, typically used for outgoing deliveries or internal transfers. "
|
||
"Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** "
|
||
"specific to a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reusable boxes temporarily hold products during a picking to be brought to "
|
||
"either a packing or shipping area. Disposable boxes are the actual shipping "
|
||
"containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are "
|
||
"used to ship the products out to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Multiple items in a sales order (SO) can be separated into different "
|
||
"packages to accommodate the products. For example, an :abbr:`SO (Sales "
|
||
"Order)` that has 20 boxes of pencils and 4 boxes of erasers can be separated"
|
||
" into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes"
|
||
" of erasers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products do *not* have to be divided equally. Products can be divided into "
|
||
"as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales "
|
||
"Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package needs to be recorded, so "
|
||
"there is a full history for each product, including which package each item "
|
||
"is shipped out in."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use this method, ensure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled, by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings "
|
||
"--> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On a delivery order, assign which package to use by clicking on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Operations` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon of a product reveals a"
|
||
" pop-up window. In this window, the :guilabel:`Product` name, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed "
|
||
"above the customizable product line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, the warehouse location the product is coming from can be modified, in "
|
||
"addition to the :guilabel:`Source Package` and :guilabel:`Destination "
|
||
"Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged "
|
||
"into."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to include each additional package used. Enter "
|
||
"the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of "
|
||
"products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Although a :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is typically associated with a single"
|
||
" package, orders can be split by clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed "
|
||
"Operations)` icon next to the products on an :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` line. "
|
||
"This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table"
|
||
" to specify which products are intended for which package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To package 10 boxes of pencils with 2 boxes of erasers from the same "
|
||
":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, begin by navigating to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery "
|
||
"Order)`. Then, select the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon to the "
|
||
"right of the product, `Box of Pencils`. Clicking the icon opens the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, "
|
||
"like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Type in `10` under the :guilabel:`Done` field to package 10 products into "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Destination Package`. To specify the destination package, "
|
||
"type the name of an existing package (such as `PACK0000006`) under the "
|
||
"field, :guilabel:`Destination Package`. If the package does not exist, Odoo "
|
||
"displays the :guilabel:`Create` button to create a new package. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, "
|
||
"`PACK0000007`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can "
|
||
"be specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` on the product line for `Box of "
|
||
"Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and "
|
||
"`PACK0000007` each."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the products for each line have been entered, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:142
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Done` quantity on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` updates as "
|
||
"products are selected for each package. When the :guilabel:`Done` amount "
|
||
"matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button"
|
||
" to complete the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:147
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button is intended to quickly package all "
|
||
"products in the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` into one new package. The option"
|
||
" to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button in the upper-right corner "
|
||
"of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used"
|
||
" in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:155
|
||
msgid "Packagings"
|
||
msgstr "Embalagens"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Packaging* is product specific, and refers to a disposable container that "
|
||
"holds several units of a specific product. Unlike packages, packagings "
|
||
"cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the "
|
||
"individual product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:161
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, different packages for cans of soda can be configured as a "
|
||
"6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36. Each flavor of soda would need a `6`, "
|
||
"`12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since "
|
||
"packagings are product specific, not generic."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:166
|
||
msgid "Set up packagings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use packagings, ensure the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature is "
|
||
"enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, "
|
||
"check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory "
|
||
"transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, to create packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:178
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, a "
|
||
"pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging"
|
||
" should be entered:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase "
|
||
"orders as a packaging option for the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:184
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier used with the :ref:`Barcode app "
|
||
"<barcode/operations/intro>` to trace the packaging of a product during stock"
|
||
" moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:187
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the "
|
||
"selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all "
|
||
"companies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:191
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a packaging type for 6 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, by naming "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Packaging` to `6-pack` and setting the :guilabel:`Contained "
|
||
"quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Create 6-pack case for product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When all the necessary information has been entered, either click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the packaging and return to the product "
|
||
"detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create "
|
||
"another one in a fresh pop-up window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:204
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product "
|
||
"form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n"
|
||
"Inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:212
|
||
msgid "View all packagings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all packagings that have been created, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. "
|
||
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete "
|
||
"list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new "
|
||
"packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:220
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of "
|
||
"packaging configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each "
|
||
"product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 "
|
||
"products, or a `Case` of 32 products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "List of different packagings for products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:229
|
||
msgid "Apply packagings"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:231
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the "
|
||
"packagings that should be used for the product(s). The chosen packaging is "
|
||
"displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` "
|
||
"field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack "
|
||
"packagings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:243
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode "
|
||
"<inventory/barcode/software>`. When receiving products from suppliers, "
|
||
"scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the"
|
||
" packaging to the internal count of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Valuation Methods"
|
||
msgstr "Métodos de Avaliação"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Landed costs: add additional costs to products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When companies perform profit analyses, the data being examined must be as "
|
||
"accurate as possible. To ensure that, **all** costs and expenses need to be "
|
||
"accounted for, including the sum of expenses associated with shipping a "
|
||
"product, which is also known as *landed costs*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, the landed costs feature allows the user to add and include "
|
||
"additional costs on goods purchased. This includes the cost of freight, "
|
||
"shipping, insurance, taxes, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Enable landed costs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use landed costs, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Valuation` "
|
||
"header, and click the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Landed Costs` to enable the"
|
||
" feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this same section, a default accounting journal can also be set, in which"
|
||
" entries involving landed costs will be recorded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a default accounting journal, click the blank field next to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Default Journal` to reveal a drop-down menu, in which an existing"
|
||
" journal can be selected. A new journal can be created from this drop-down, "
|
||
"as well, by typing the desired name of a new journal in the blank field, and"
|
||
" selecting either the :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and edit...` "
|
||
"option."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Create` instantly creates the journal, which can be "
|
||
"customized later. Clicking :guilabel:`Create and edit...` reveals a pop-up "
|
||
"window on the :guilabel:`Settings` page, wherein the newly-created journal's"
|
||
" details can be configured right away. When the configurations are complete,"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Save` on the pop-up window to complete the journal "
|
||
"creation process, and return to the :guilabel:`Settings` page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the setting has been enabled, and if a journal has been created or "
|
||
"applied, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enabled Landed Costs feature in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed costs can **only** be applied to products using a :abbr:`FIFO (First "
|
||
"In First Out)` or :abbr:`AVCO (Average Cost)` costing method, **and** "
|
||
"automated inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Create a landed cost product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed costs can be manually entered each time a vendor bill is created. "
|
||
"However, some products may always have the same types of charges applied to "
|
||
"them, and thus, the vendor bills may always list the same landed costs. In "
|
||
"this case, it's beneficial to create a specific landed cost product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a landed cost product, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory"
|
||
" app --> Products --> Products`, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button, "
|
||
"which reveals a blank product template page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the blank product template form, fill out the necessary product "
|
||
"information, and change the :guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and under the :guilabel:`Landed "
|
||
"Costs` section, select the checkbox beside :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. "
|
||
"Once selected, a new field appears, in which a :guilabel:`Default Split "
|
||
"Method` can be selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the blank field beside :guilabel:`Default Split Method` reveals a "
|
||
"drop-down menu. From this drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Equal`, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the :guilabel:`Default Split Method` is set to :guilabel:`Equal`, the "
|
||
"landed cost will be split equally between all items included on the purchase"
|
||
" order. If a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` has just one item, the full amount "
|
||
"will be applied to this item."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Landed costs and split method enabled on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the landed cost of each shipment, the price of a landed cost "
|
||
"product can change with each order. Therefore, a price (or cost) should "
|
||
"**not** be set on landed cost products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create a request for quotation"
|
||
msgstr "Criar um requerimento de cotação"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before adding a specific landed cost on a product, a new :abbr:`RFQ (request"
|
||
" for quotation)` for that product must be created. To do that, navigate to "
|
||
"the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so "
|
||
"reveals a blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` template form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` template form, add a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor`, then add the desired product to the product lines (under"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Product` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`, and "
|
||
"selecting the desired product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, fill out the remaining information on the new :abbr:`RFQ (request for "
|
||
"quotation)`. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the order. "
|
||
"Once the quotation has been confirmed, it turns into a :abbr:`PO (purchase "
|
||
"order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click :guilabel:`Receive Products` to receive the ordered products, "
|
||
"then click :guilabel:`Validate`, which reveals a pop-up. In the pop-up, "
|
||
"select :guilabel:`Apply` to set the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, "
|
||
"navigate back to the initial :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` (via the "
|
||
"breadcrumbs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:98
|
||
msgid "Create a vendor bill"
|
||
msgstr "Criar uma conta de fornecedor"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once goods have been received from the purchase order, a vendor bill can be "
|
||
"created directly from the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. To do so, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Doing so reveals a vendor bill draft page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this vendor bill draft page, the information from the :abbr:`PO (purchase"
|
||
" order)` is automatically populated. To add a landed cost to the bill, first"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab to "
|
||
"add the newly-created landed cost product to the vendor bill. And, since "
|
||
"this product was specifically created as a landed cost, the checkbox under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column is selected by default."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Landed cost added on product lines on vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since no :guilabel:`Price` was set on the product template form for the "
|
||
"landed cost product, it **must** be set manually on the vendor bill, in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Price` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Create landed costs"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once all the necessary information on the bill has been filled out, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` at the top of the bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so reveals a separate page, wherein the necessary landed cost "
|
||
"information is entered. From this page, next to the greyed-out "
|
||
":guilabel:`Transfers` field, the warehouse receipt that this landed cost is "
|
||
"associated with must be specified. To adjust the :guilabel:`Transfers` "
|
||
"field, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make that field accessible."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Additionally, an expenses :guilabel:`Account` (located in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Additional Costs` tab) must be selected, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see how the landed costs affect the items on the :abbr:`PO (purchase "
|
||
"order)`, click the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab. From this tab, the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Original Value` of the purchase order and the :guilabel:`New "
|
||
"Value` of the order can be seen and compared, as well as the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Additional Landed Cost` that was added to change the original "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (purchase order )`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Valuation adjustments tab for landed costs on vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Validate` at the top of the page, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes. Finally, click back to the vendor bill"
|
||
" form (via the breadcrumbs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To complete the vendor bill, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the bill. "
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button at the top of the vendor"
|
||
" bill form. Doing so reveals a pop-up. From this pop-up, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Payment`. Once clicked, this reveals a green *In Payment* "
|
||
"banner at the top of the vendor bill form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:152
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Landed costs don't always need to be created from the vendor bill. They can "
|
||
"also be created by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->"
|
||
" Landed Costs`, and clicking :guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation configuration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its "
|
||
"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting "
|
||
"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual "
|
||
"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts "
|
||
"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that "
|
||
"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method "
|
||
"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation "
|
||
"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal "
|
||
"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a "
|
||
"company's inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert "
|
||
"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. "
|
||
"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically "
|
||
"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing "
|
||
"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Types of accounting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or "
|
||
"*Anglo-Saxon*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported "
|
||
"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is "
|
||
"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. "
|
||
"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are"
|
||
" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a "
|
||
"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is "
|
||
"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51
|
||
msgid "Costing methods"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory "
|
||
"valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the "
|
||
"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to "
|
||
"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order "
|
||
"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the "
|
||
"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock"
|
||
" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and "
|
||
"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing "
|
||
"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the "
|
||
"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good "
|
||
"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory "
|
||
"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the "
|
||
"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate "
|
||
"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly "
|
||
"sensitive to input data and human error."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly"
|
||
" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments "
|
||
"here."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and "
|
||
"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should "
|
||
"apply."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product "
|
||
"categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the "
|
||
"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. "
|
||
":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First "
|
||
"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`Using the inventory valuation "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing "
|
||
"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for "
|
||
"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the "
|
||
"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The "
|
||
":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average "
|
||
"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from "
|
||
"validated purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock "
|
||
"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change "
|
||
"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves "
|
||
"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will "
|
||
"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is "
|
||
"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the "
|
||
"*Inventory Valuation* report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will "
|
||
"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated "
|
||
"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is "
|
||
"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming "
|
||
"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for "
|
||
"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing"
|
||
" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific "
|
||
"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value"
|
||
" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`."
|
||
" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all"
|
||
" at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested "
|
||
":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of "
|
||
"all of the inventory on hand is displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation "
|
||
"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` "
|
||
"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal "
|
||
"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, "
|
||
"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1
|
||
msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Using inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that "
|
||
"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory "
|
||
"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees "
|
||
"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Inventory valuation configuration "
|
||
"<inventory/inventory_valuation_config>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Understand the basics of inventory valuation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the "
|
||
"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves "
|
||
"scenario below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22
|
||
msgid "Receive a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, consider an physical product, a simple *table*, which is "
|
||
"categorized as `Office Furniture` in the product form's :guilabel:`Product "
|
||
"Category` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate to the the product category itself by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and"
|
||
" on the form, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method` as `First In First Out "
|
||
"(FIFO)` and the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field as `Automated`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by "
|
||
"clicking on the :guilabel:`internal link` arrow on the individual product's "
|
||
"form, by hovering over the :guilabel:`Product Category` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the "
|
||
"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10 each."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, use"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button to view how the value of inventory "
|
||
"was impacted."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Valuation smart button on a receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be turned on to see the "
|
||
"*Valuation* smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :doc:`consignment "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` "
|
||
"feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other "
|
||
"companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard then displays valuation of all "
|
||
"products in the shipment, along with their quantities and valuation. In the "
|
||
"example of 10 tables being purchased, the :guilabel:`Total Value` column of "
|
||
"the dashboard would display a calculated valuation of $100."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the "
|
||
"*Accounting* app. To access these accounting entries, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Accounting --> Journal Entries`, and look for inventory "
|
||
"valuation entries with the `STJ` prefix in the :guilabel:`Journal` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Number` columns, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Deliver a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the "
|
||
"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart "
|
||
"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock "
|
||
"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:87
|
||
msgid "The inventory valuation report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`. The "
|
||
"records in the table are organized by product, and selecting a product's "
|
||
"drop-down menu displays detailed records with the :guilabel:`Date`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity`, and :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Inventory At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard, shows the inventory valuation of "
|
||
"products available during a prior specified date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Update product unit price"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors "
|
||
"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately "
|
||
"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool "
|
||
"to update the unit price of products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received"
|
||
" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with "
|
||
":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either `Average Cost (AVCO)` or `First In "
|
||
"First Out (FIFO)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard"
|
||
" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> "
|
||
"Inventory Valuation`, and then click the little gray drop-down icon to the "
|
||
"left of a product's name, to then reveal stock valuation line items below as"
|
||
" well as a teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button on the right."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product"
|
||
" Revaluation` form, where updates to the calculation of inventory valuation "
|
||
"can be made, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being "
|
||
"inflation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6
|
||
msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products "
|
||
"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, "
|
||
"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the "
|
||
"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are"
|
||
" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different "
|
||
"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to "
|
||
"be configured to have the same number of steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-"
|
||
"routes-1018>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in "
|
||
"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is "
|
||
"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the "
|
||
"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to "
|
||
"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations"
|
||
" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as "
|
||
"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging "
|
||
"on shipped products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30
|
||
msgid "One-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps "
|
||
"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, "
|
||
":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First "
|
||
"Out)` removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40
|
||
msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-"
|
||
"perishable items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42
|
||
msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Two-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into "
|
||
"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, "
|
||
"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in"
|
||
" the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. "
|
||
"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before "
|
||
"being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products "
|
||
"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`"
|
||
" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking "
|
||
"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., "
|
||
"until they are transferred into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps "
|
||
"<inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Three-step flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, "
|
||
"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass "
|
||
"inspection into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, "
|
||
"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location "
|
||
"for shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a "
|
||
":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or "
|
||
":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections "
|
||
"before receiving items into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process receipts in three steps <inventory/receipts_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91
|
||
msgid "Inventory flow table of contents"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process deliveries in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which "
|
||
"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this "
|
||
"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, "
|
||
"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a "
|
||
"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal "
|
||
"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed "
|
||
"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an "
|
||
"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do"
|
||
" not fit the needs of the business."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do "
|
||
"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and"
|
||
" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To "
|
||
"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, "
|
||
"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update "
|
||
"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Create a sales order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking "
|
||
"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, "
|
||
"which are all associated with the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Process a picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales "
|
||
"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n"
|
||
"another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing "
|
||
"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`,"
|
||
" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is "
|
||
"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the "
|
||
"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. "
|
||
"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the "
|
||
"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the"
|
||
" packing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Process a packing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n"
|
||
"output location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` "
|
||
"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application "
|
||
":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart "
|
||
"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n"
|
||
"the customer location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document "
|
||
"will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into "
|
||
"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from "
|
||
"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one "
|
||
"step receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same "
|
||
"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in "
|
||
"three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Configure the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they"
|
||
" can easily be set back to the one step setting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, click on the desired warehouse, and click :guilabel:`Edit`. "
|
||
"Next, on the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Shipments` section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 "
|
||
"step)` for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods "
|
||
"directly (1 step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one "
|
||
"step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "Receba mercadorias diretamente (1 etapa)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:38
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid "Create a purchase order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making"
|
||
" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` "
|
||
"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:45
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"receipt for the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:53
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:62
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Process the receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ "
|
||
"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon "
|
||
"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows "
|
||
"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n"
|
||
"pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier "
|
||
"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives "
|
||
"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status "
|
||
"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the "
|
||
"reception process in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:87
|
||
msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)"
|
||
msgstr "Entregar mercadorias diretamente (1 passo)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and "
|
||
"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then select (or create) a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of "
|
||
"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated "
|
||
"delivery order for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:108
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:117
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers"
|
||
" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed "
|
||
"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, "
|
||
"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step "
|
||
"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as "
|
||
"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and "
|
||
"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The "
|
||
"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred"
|
||
" into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order"
|
||
" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and "
|
||
"brought to an output location before being shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO "
|
||
"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO "
|
||
"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are "
|
||
"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing"
|
||
" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, "
|
||
"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the "
|
||
"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Configure multi-step routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` "
|
||
"the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and "
|
||
"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Edit` to change the warehouse settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and "
|
||
"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. :guilabel:`Save`"
|
||
" the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two "
|
||
"steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and "
|
||
"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard."
|
||
" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`. On the location form, update the :guilabel:`Location "
|
||
"Name`, make any other changes (if necessary) and :guilabel:`Save` the "
|
||
"changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:67
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step "
|
||
"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* "
|
||
"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the "
|
||
"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at"
|
||
" the end of the name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase "
|
||
"Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is"
|
||
" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the "
|
||
"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen "
|
||
"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will "
|
||
"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Input location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119
|
||
msgid "Process the internal transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` "
|
||
"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban "
|
||
"view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to "
|
||
"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is "
|
||
"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:140
|
||
msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:145
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Select or create a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:149
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart "
|
||
"button will appear in the top-right corner of the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` "
|
||
"form. Click it to reveal the associated delivery forms."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n"
|
||
"associated with it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` "
|
||
"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# "
|
||
"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0
|
||
msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168
|
||
msgid "Process the picking"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:170
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is "
|
||
"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to "
|
||
"reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and"
|
||
" the delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:174
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must "
|
||
"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery "
|
||
"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery "
|
||
"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked"
|
||
" as :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n"
|
||
"Operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product "
|
||
"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the "
|
||
"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked,"
|
||
" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved "
|
||
"on the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:198
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is "
|
||
"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, "
|
||
"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To "
|
||
"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to "
|
||
"begin."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be "
|
||
"quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again,"
|
||
" and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which "
|
||
"should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:211
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, "
|
||
"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:219
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the "
|
||
":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and "
|
||
"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of "
|
||
"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Process receipts in three steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from"
|
||
" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving "
|
||
"goods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, "
|
||
"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the "
|
||
"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not "
|
||
"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the "
|
||
"quality area and into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step"
|
||
" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed"
|
||
" in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step "
|
||
"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->"
|
||
" Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`"
|
||
" will also activate *Storage Locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive "
|
||
"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal "
|
||
"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). "
|
||
"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the "
|
||
"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Process a receipt"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a "
|
||
"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is "
|
||
"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Transfers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n"
|
||
"are waiting another operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location "
|
||
"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any "
|
||
"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be "
|
||
":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be "
|
||
"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The "
|
||
"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application."
|
||
" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` "
|
||
"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Input Location`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n"
|
||
"WH/Quality location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer"
|
||
" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` "
|
||
"kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, "
|
||
"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for "
|
||
"manufacturing or delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Process a transfer to stock"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final "
|
||
"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`"
|
||
" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, "
|
||
"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the "
|
||
"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the "
|
||
"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Warehouses"
|
||
msgstr "Armazéns"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a second warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In "
|
||
"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items"
|
||
" between them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, "
|
||
"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse,"
|
||
" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is "
|
||
"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as"
|
||
" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or "
|
||
"vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` "
|
||
"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how "
|
||
"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules <use-routes>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and"
|
||
" outgoing shipments should follow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied "
|
||
"from this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in "
|
||
"this warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when "
|
||
"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products "
|
||
"to be delivered to the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply "
|
||
"the warehouse being created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage "
|
||
"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a "
|
||
"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration"
|
||
" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"heading."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse "
|
||
"will be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the "
|
||
"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the "
|
||
"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory "
|
||
"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->"
|
||
" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory "
|
||
"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment can be referred to by"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; "
|
||
"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be"
|
||
" added to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory "
|
||
"or leave blank to select any product during the next step"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of "
|
||
"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they "
|
||
"have no existing inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for "
|
||
"bookkeeping related to the inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the "
|
||
"user's company or as a customer or vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for "
|
||
"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not "
|
||
"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` "
|
||
"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory "
|
||
"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then "
|
||
"fill out the product line as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in "
|
||
"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location "
|
||
"within the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the "
|
||
"serial number used to identify it"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the "
|
||
"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a "
|
||
"new location or warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to "
|
||
"inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* "
|
||
"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Counted` column"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The "
|
||
"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the "
|
||
"inventory of the new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?"
|
||
msgstr "Qual é a diferença entre armazéns e locais?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items "
|
||
"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"No Odoo, um ** Armazém ** é a construção / local real em que seus itens são "
|
||
"armazenados. Você pode configurar vários armazéns e criar movimentos entre "
|
||
"armazéns."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be "
|
||
"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an "
|
||
"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is "
|
||
"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure "
|
||
"as many locations as you need under one warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:19
|
||
msgid "There are 3 types of locations:"
|
||
msgstr "Existem 3 tipos de locais:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the "
|
||
"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and "
|
||
"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Os ** Locais Físicos ** são locais internos que fazem parte dos depósitos "
|
||
"dos quais você é o proprietário. Eles podem ser a área de carga e descarga "
|
||
"do seu armazém, uma prateleira ou um departamento, etc."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's "
|
||
"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only "
|
||
"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Os ** Locais de Parceiros ** são espaços dentro do depósito de um cliente e "
|
||
"/ ou fornecedor. Eles funcionam da mesma maneira que os locais físicos, com "
|
||
"a única diferença de que você não é o proprietário do armazém."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which "
|
||
"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or "
|
||
"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of "
|
||
"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into "
|
||
"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Os ** Locais Virtuais ** são locais que não existem, mas nos quais os "
|
||
"produtos podem ser colocados quando ainda não estão fisicamente em um "
|
||
"inventário (ou mais). Eles são úteis quando você deseja colocar produtos "
|
||
"perdidos fora de seu estoque (na ** Perda de estoque **), ou quando você "
|
||
"deseja levar em consideração os produtos que estão a caminho de seu armazém "
|
||
"(** Compras **) ."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your "
|
||
"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives "
|
||
"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the "
|
||
"organization of your warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"No Odoo, os locais são estruturados hierarquicamente. Você pode estruturar "
|
||
"seus locais como uma árvore, dependente de um relacionamento pai-filho. Isso"
|
||
" fornece níveis mais detalhados de análise de suas operações de estoque e da"
|
||
" organização de seus depósitos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to "
|
||
"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse "
|
||
"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-"
|
||
"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during "
|
||
"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting "
|
||
"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and"
|
||
" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide "
|
||
"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are "
|
||
"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an "
|
||
"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will "
|
||
"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for "
|
||
"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be "
|
||
"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a"
|
||
" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. "
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that "
|
||
"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are "
|
||
"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the "
|
||
"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San "
|
||
"Francisco 2\"."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be "
|
||
"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"a new one, if necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable "
|
||
"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the "
|
||
"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse "
|
||
"that products are transferred from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will"
|
||
" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of "
|
||
"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse"
|
||
" being replenished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to "
|
||
"take place"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* "
|
||
"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the "
|
||
"product will be transferred from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The form for replenishing a product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the "
|
||
"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive "
|
||
"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and "
|
||
"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require "
|
||
"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-"
|
||
"step deliveries and receipts."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82
|
||
msgid "Process the delivery order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the"
|
||
" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` "
|
||
"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, "
|
||
"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order"
|
||
" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to "
|
||
"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has"
|
||
" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the "
|
||
"quantities shipped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for "
|
||
"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`"
|
||
" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then "
|
||
"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the "
|
||
"quantities received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in "
|
||
"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both "
|
||
"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of "
|
||
"replenishing one warehouse from another."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> "
|
||
"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the "
|
||
"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the "
|
||
"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to "
|
||
"configure the form as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish "
|
||
"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming "
|
||
"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product"
|
||
" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished "
|
||
"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be "
|
||
"replenished in batches of 20"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this "
|
||
"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, "
|
||
"length, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A fully configured reordering rule."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created."
|
||
" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be "
|
||
"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> "
|
||
"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the"
|
||
" pop-up that appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for "
|
||
"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order "
|
||
"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rotas Avançadas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Concepts"
|
||
msgstr "Conceitos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly "
|
||
"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply"
|
||
" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load "
|
||
"another truck."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What"
|
||
" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-"
|
||
"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:27
|
||
msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work "
|
||
"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that "
|
||
"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the "
|
||
"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the "
|
||
"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price "
|
||
"for it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will "
|
||
"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. "
|
||
"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output "
|
||
"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* "
|
||
"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to "
|
||
"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* "
|
||
"because we still need to order the product to our supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that "
|
||
"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the "
|
||
"products in the *Input Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to "
|
||
"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to "
|
||
"*Output*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for "
|
||
"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell "
|
||
"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take "
|
||
"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple"
|
||
" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual "
|
||
"locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the "
|
||
"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step"
|
||
" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` "
|
||
"app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, "
|
||
"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes "
|
||
"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. "
|
||
"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23
|
||
msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be"
|
||
" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be "
|
||
"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical "
|
||
"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs "
|
||
"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock "
|
||
"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be "
|
||
"used to fulfill a single sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory "
|
||
"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability "
|
||
"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Create a new warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration"
|
||
" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse "
|
||
":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other "
|
||
"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse "
|
||
"Configuration` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to "
|
||
"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by"
|
||
" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for "
|
||
":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will "
|
||
"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for "
|
||
"individual products or product categories."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? "
|
||
"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the "
|
||
"warehouse resupplies its inventory:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components"
|
||
" from this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they "
|
||
"can be manufactured in this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the "
|
||
"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick "
|
||
"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input "
|
||
"location first, and then transfer it to the production location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered"
|
||
" to this warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this "
|
||
"warehouse from another chosen warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` "
|
||
"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse"
|
||
" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two "
|
||
"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with"
|
||
" physical stock locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Parent Warehouse**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid "**Child Warehouses**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Create a virtual parent location"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, "
|
||
"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of "
|
||
"the *virtual parent location* warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, "
|
||
"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was"
|
||
" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual "
|
||
"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to "
|
||
":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is "
|
||
"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its "
|
||
"*child locations*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location "
|
||
"Type`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120
|
||
msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), "
|
||
"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the "
|
||
"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to"
|
||
" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the "
|
||
"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical"
|
||
" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill "
|
||
"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location "
|
||
"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent "
|
||
"location*)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136
|
||
msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location "
|
||
"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** "
|
||
"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand "
|
||
"in each warehouse, respectively."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new "
|
||
"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field "
|
||
"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the "
|
||
"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the "
|
||
"quotation into a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm"
|
||
" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the"
|
||
" virtual warehouse location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales "
|
||
"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales "
|
||
"order to be pulled from different warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`"
|
||
" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the"
|
||
" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field"
|
||
" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If whe :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then "
|
||
"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up"
|
||
" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure"
|
||
" all settings/configuration were done properly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed "
|
||
"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* "
|
||
"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down "
|
||
"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the "
|
||
"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted "
|
||
"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then "
|
||
":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales"
|
||
" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to "
|
||
"invoice for the sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales "
|
||
"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them "
|
||
"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their "
|
||
"employee form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products "
|
||
"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available "
|
||
"in the retail channel."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring "
|
||
"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory"
|
||
" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given "
|
||
"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18
|
||
msgid "Inside the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, "
|
||
"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and "
|
||
"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also "
|
||
"trigger all the route's rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving "
|
||
"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these"
|
||
" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used "
|
||
"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly "
|
||
"stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a generic push to rule when receiving products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked "
|
||
"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are "
|
||
"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where "
|
||
"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes"
|
||
" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered"
|
||
" to customers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45
|
||
msgid "How does it work?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Pull Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while "
|
||
"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale "
|
||
"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product"
|
||
" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for "
|
||
"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery "
|
||
"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the "
|
||
"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the "
|
||
"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the "
|
||
"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are "
|
||
"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All these transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and "
|
||
"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the "
|
||
"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:81
|
||
msgid "Push Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Regras de push"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of "
|
||
"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when "
|
||
"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a"
|
||
" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\""
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, "
|
||
"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to "
|
||
"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different"
|
||
" products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the "
|
||
"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to "
|
||
"their *Storage Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the "
|
||
"upstream transfers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines"
|
||
" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during "
|
||
"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the "
|
||
"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:109
|
||
msgid "Use Routes and Rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you "
|
||
"manage advanced routes configuration such as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:115
|
||
msgid "Manage default locations per product;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as "
|
||
"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented "
|
||
"products."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory "
|
||
"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, "
|
||
"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "activation of the multi-steps feature in Odoo Inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:130
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-"
|
||
"Step Routes*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-"
|
||
"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:137
|
||
msgid "Pre-configured Routes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:139
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find "
|
||
"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. "
|
||
"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for "
|
||
"incoming and outgoing shipments."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to"
|
||
" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once "
|
||
"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:157
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the "
|
||
"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* "
|
||
"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a route example applicable on category and warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can "
|
||
"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the"
|
||
" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the"
|
||
" rules for the pre-configured route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "rules example with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:175
|
||
msgid "Custom Routes"
|
||
msgstr "Rotas Personalizadas"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration "
|
||
"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be "
|
||
"selected. Of course, combinations are available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a pick - pack - ship route as an example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:186
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the "
|
||
"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:189
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the "
|
||
"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this "
|
||
"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from "
|
||
"the same category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a route applied to the \"all\" product category"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all "
|
||
"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the "
|
||
"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:207
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to "
|
||
"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful "
|
||
"if some products go through different routes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the route menu when selecting applicable on sales order lines"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:215
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it"
|
||
" must be selected on the sales order, such as below."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:222
|
||
msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the routes added to the sales orders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:228
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more "
|
||
"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set"
|
||
" on which product it must be applied."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the menu when selecting applicable on products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:236
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and "
|
||
"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory"
|
||
" tab* and select the route you’ve created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of a product form, where the route must be selected"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:244
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t "
|
||
"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those "
|
||
"are vital to have working routings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:249
|
||
msgid "Rules"
|
||
msgstr "Regras"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:251
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*"
|
||
" section, and click on *Add a line* button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and "
|
||
"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all "
|
||
"of them:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:263
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a "
|
||
"specific location. The need can come from a sale order which has been "
|
||
"validated or from a manufacturing order which requires a specific component."
|
||
" When the need appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking"
|
||
" to fulfill this need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the "
|
||
"defined source location. In the case you move products to the source "
|
||
"location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination"
|
||
" location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:272
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Pull & Push**: this rule allows generating pickings in the two situations "
|
||
"explained above. This means that when products are required at a specific "
|
||
"location, a transfer is created from the previous location to fulfill that "
|
||
"need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule is triggered "
|
||
"to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products are pushed to"
|
||
" the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:278
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for"
|
||
" quotation is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:280
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a "
|
||
"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"overview of a transfer requested between the stock and the packing zone"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:287
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining "
|
||
"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, "
|
||
"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:292
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the "
|
||
"source location:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:295
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the "
|
||
"source location;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:297
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the"
|
||
" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:300
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are "
|
||
"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock "
|
||
"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the "
|
||
"source location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:305
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of "
|
||
"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate "
|
||
"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer "
|
||
"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an "
|
||
"alert in the form of a *next activity*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:313
|
||
msgid "What about a full flow?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:315
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a "
|
||
"full flow with an advanced custom route."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three "
|
||
"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:322
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* "
|
||
"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from "
|
||
"WH/Stock to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:325
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* "
|
||
"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from "
|
||
"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:328
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner "
|
||
"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill "
|
||
"the need."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:336
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is "
|
||
"created to fulfill the order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the operations created by a pull from transfer"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:344
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. "
|
||
"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous "
|
||
"transfer in the list is not done yet."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the transfers various status at the beginning of the process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:352
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so "
|
||
"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and "
|
||
"output zones"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:359
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an "
|
||
"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the "
|
||
"required products from the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"view of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing"
|
||
" zones"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:367
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the "
|
||
"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then "
|
||
"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the"
|
||
" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is "
|
||
"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:374
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules "
|
||
"have been triggered and the transfers done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the transfers' status when all the process is done"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr "Estratégias de armazenamento e remoção"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Putaway is the process of routing products to appropriate storage locations "
|
||
"upon shipment arrival. Odoo can accomplish this seamlessly using *putaway "
|
||
"rules*, which dictate how products move through specified warehouse "
|
||
"locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Upon shipment arrival, operations are generated based on putaway rules to "
|
||
"efficiently move products to specified locations and ensure easy retrieval. "
|
||
"Putaway rules can also prevent volatile substances from being stored in "
|
||
"close proximity by directing them to different locations determined by the "
|
||
"warehouse manager."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:15
|
||
msgid ":ref:`How push rules work <inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes/push>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:16
|
||
msgid ":ref:`Warehouse locations <inventory/warehouses/location-definition>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, then activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` checkbox under "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. By doing so, the :guilabel:`Storage "
|
||
"Locations` setting is automatically enabled as well. Finally, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In configs, for the Inventory app, check multi-step routes box to enable "
|
||
"Putaway rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Put away products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Putaway rules are commonly used to move products to specific locations for "
|
||
"easy retrieval. Thus, products are grouped in the same *product category* "
|
||
"when a single putaway rule captures the group's storage needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage where specific products are routed for storage, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. Use the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create` button to configure a new putaway rule on a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Product Category` that the rule affects."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the same line, the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` location is where "
|
||
"the putaway rule is triggered to create an operation to move the product to "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Store to` location. The :guilabel:`Store to` location must be"
|
||
" a sublocation of the first (e.g. `WH/Stock/Fruits` is a specific, named "
|
||
"location inside `WH/Stock` to make the products stored here easier to find)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ensure all apples are stored in the fruits section by filling the field "
|
||
":guilabel:`Store to` with the location `WH/Stock/Fruits` when the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`, `Apple` arrives in `WH/Stock`. Repeat this for all "
|
||
"products and hit :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Create putaway rules for apples and carrots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is also possible to create and manage putaway rules for a single product "
|
||
"by going to the product page and clicking the :guilabel:`Putaway Rules` "
|
||
"smart button at the top of the page. If the button is not visible at first "
|
||
"glance, select the :guilabel:`More` button at the top right to view "
|
||
"additional smart buttons."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Check whether putaway rules work as intended using the summary of internal "
|
||
"product movements. In the :menuselection:`Inventory` app, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Reporting --> Product Moves` and enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal` search filter on the :guilabel:`Filters` drop-down menu"
|
||
" under the search bar at the top of the page. In this view, confirm that "
|
||
"products are moved to the :guilabel:`Store to` location detailed in the "
|
||
"putaway rule. More details in :ref:`this section "
|
||
"<inventory/routes/strategies/putaway/wrong-location>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Use putaway rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a putaway rule is configured, the product it specifies is automatically"
|
||
" routed to the :guilabel:`Store to` location upon arriving in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`When product arrives in` location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For example, on a putaway rule with the :guilabel:`When product arrives in` "
|
||
"location set to `WH/Stock`, internal stock moves are automatically created "
|
||
"when products first enter the warehouse. To trigger this putaway rule, begin"
|
||
" by creating a :ref:`purchase order "
|
||
"<inventory/purchase/manage_deals/manage>` (PO) to bring products into the "
|
||
"warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :guilabel:`Request for Quotation` (RFQ), go to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, add "
|
||
"products to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`, and selecting the desired product(s) from the drop-"
|
||
"down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`. Doing so turns the :abbr:`RFQ "
|
||
"(Request for Quotation)` into a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`. Next, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Send by Email` to send the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` to the "
|
||
"vendor, if needed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "View purchase order for apples and carrots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin receiving the incoming shipment by selecting the :guilabel:`Receipt` "
|
||
"smart button on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`. Click :guilabel:`Receive "
|
||
"products` and then :guilabel:`Validate` to move products into the warehouse."
|
||
" Since the putaway rule is set to trigger when products arrive in stock, "
|
||
"internal transfers are automatically created when products arrive in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Destination Location`, `WH/Stock`. This ensures products entering"
|
||
" the warehouse are stored in specific locations suitable for their storage "
|
||
"needs."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "In the WH reception operation, receive package of apples and carrots."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Verify stock moves"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Confirm whether the putaway rule worked as intended and that the products "
|
||
"have been moved to the correct location using the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` "
|
||
"dashboard. View all products in stock in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Reporting --> Inventory Report`. By default, the products are grouped by "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:114
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Select a product's collapsable drop-down menu, which displays the current "
|
||
"location(s) of the product. Then, select a :guilabel:`Location` drop-down "
|
||
"menu to view a list of all stock movements in and out of each location. Each"
|
||
" of these lines are records of a stock move, called a *stock move line*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Verify stock moves triggered by putaway rule in the Inventory Report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Trace products in wrong locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To trace products and associated documents for warehouse operations, use the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Product Moves` report in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> "
|
||
"Reporting --> Product Moves`. View a product's warehouse operation history "
|
||
"by selecting a product's drop-down menu. Each stock move line contains "
|
||
"details about any movement of stock, such as manufacturing orders, inventory"
|
||
" adjustments, or internal transfers. Click on a stock move line to view all "
|
||
"the information in a comprehensive report."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The stock move line is useful because the :guilabel:`Reference` displays the"
|
||
" warehouse operation associated to the :guilabel:`Product`. Use the "
|
||
":guilabel:`From` and :guilabel:`To` location and associated "
|
||
":guilabel:`Source` documents to trace the product path and identify the type"
|
||
" of operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is also possible to view the stock moves of a product directly from the "
|
||
"product page. Open the desired product page by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products` and select the product."
|
||
" From there, click on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` smart button, then click"
|
||
" the product's collapsable drop-down menu from the list. This displays the "
|
||
"stock moves history of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:150
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A putaway rule was purposely set up incorrectly on `Apple`, so the product "
|
||
"was moved from `WH/Stock` to `WH/Stock/Shelf 1` instead of the expected "
|
||
"location, `WH/Stock/Fruits`. To trace the path the apple moved and identify "
|
||
"the cause of the wrong stock move, open the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report"
|
||
" in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`. The "
|
||
"apple's drop-down menu, when opened, displays a list of stock moves of the "
|
||
"apple. line to open a report that is useful to trace the path the product "
|
||
"moved and identify the cause of the wrong stock move."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`To` field displays where the product currently is, "
|
||
"`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, which is the wrong location. The :guilabel:`From` "
|
||
"location is the vendor's location, which is expected since the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Source` of the stock move is a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Reference` operation, `WH/IN/00015`, which is a warehouse "
|
||
"reception of products from the vendor, would further explain why the apples "
|
||
"were moved to the wrong location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Open stock move report"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To follow an operation identified from the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report,"
|
||
" navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`. This "
|
||
"is the page that displays all warehouse transfers— internal or external. "
|
||
"Search for and click on the corresponding :guilabel:`Reference` operation to"
|
||
" view the document explaining why the product was moved to the wrong "
|
||
"location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When there are too many records, use either the :guilabel:`Filters` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Group by` features to sort and :ref:`find desired records "
|
||
"<inventory/routes/strategies/putaway/use-advanced-filters>`. It is useful to"
|
||
" search exclusively for the receipt operation type because putaway rules "
|
||
"store products *into* a specific stock location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:183
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Continuing to diagnose why the product, `Apple`, was placed in "
|
||
"`WH/Stock/Shelf 1`, navigate to the list of all transfers in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`. Click on the list "
|
||
"item where the :guilabel:`Reference` field matches the `WH/IN/00015` "
|
||
"operation identified in the :ref:`previous example "
|
||
"<inventory/strategies/putaway/stock-moves>` to open the receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the Transfers page in the Inventory app, select the desired transfer to view the\n"
|
||
"record."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This receipt describes which products were received from the supplier, with "
|
||
"the affiliated :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` linked in the :guilabel:`Source "
|
||
"Document` field. On the warehouse reception document, the field "
|
||
":guilabel:`Destination Location` shows where the product is received upon "
|
||
"entering the warehouse."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:199
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking on the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of the"
|
||
" product line opens a window that shows the product was moved to the wrong "
|
||
"location. Based on this information it can be gathered that the putaway rule"
|
||
" was triggered but the location was set incorrectly. Rectify this in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Putaway Rules`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click Detailed Operations button on the right of warehouse transfers page to the right\n"
|
||
"of the WH reception document."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Show putaway rule in detailed operations popup."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:216
|
||
msgid "Advanced filter search"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:218
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep track of and trace products on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report by "
|
||
"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product Moves`"
|
||
" and use the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group by` features to stay "
|
||
"updated on warehouse operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:222
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Transfers based on putaway rules can be found by toggling on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal` filter as mentioned in this :ref:`tip "
|
||
"<inventory/routes/strategies/putaway/internal-stock-moves>` previously. "
|
||
"Other useful filters and groupbys intended for reporting on the company's "
|
||
"internal operations include:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:227
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filter by :guilabel:`Incoming` and :guilabel:`To Do` to display shipments "
|
||
"from vendors yet to be processed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filter warehouse transfer records by Incoming shipments and processes ToDo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:234
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use custom filters to search for a specific product by its name, "
|
||
":ref:`lot/serial number <inventory/management/lots-serial-numbers>` or "
|
||
"barcode. Create a custom filter by clicking on :guilabel:`Filters`. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`, fill in the identifying information, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Apply`. Now that the custom filter is active, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Filters` button again to create any additional filters."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:239
|
||
msgid "Group by :guilabel:`Date`: View all product moves on a specific date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Group by :guilabel:`From`: Create a custom filter that displays all "
|
||
"locations that currently store at least 1 product. This is useful to view "
|
||
"all the locations and sublocations to optimize storage space."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:243
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Favorite` the current search with filters applied. This feature "
|
||
"is useful to apply the filters promptly, especially if this search is often "
|
||
"used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:0
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use the star button under the search bar to save current search as a "
|
||
"favorite view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3
|
||
msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select "
|
||
"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality "
|
||
"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration "
|
||
"date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that"
|
||
" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products "
|
||
"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on "
|
||
"the *Location*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14
|
||
msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage "
|
||
"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go "
|
||
"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can"
|
||
" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators "
|
||
"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the"
|
||
" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products "
|
||
"are stored in their respective locations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "products entering stock via the receiving area."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive "
|
||
"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that"
|
||
" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. "
|
||
"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with "
|
||
"the products fitting your settings the best."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"products being packed at packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates "
|
||
"into account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick "
|
||
"for delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48
|
||
msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products "
|
||
"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number "
|
||
"that has entered your stock the first."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your "
|
||
"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, "
|
||
"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, "
|
||
"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders "
|
||
"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a "
|
||
"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in "
|
||
"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from "
|
||
"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo "
|
||
"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest"
|
||
" period."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on "
|
||
"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for"
|
||
" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the "
|
||
"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. "
|
||
"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 "
|
||
"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on "
|
||
"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on "
|
||
"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested "
|
||
"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered "
|
||
"the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a"
|
||
" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or "
|
||
"obsolete products in your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84
|
||
msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two "
|
||
"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date "
|
||
"the product entered the stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t "
|
||
"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). "
|
||
"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5"
|
||
" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on "
|
||
"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and "
|
||
"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes "
|
||
"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is "
|
||
"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for "
|
||
"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration "
|
||
"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot "
|
||
"that expires the sooner after 20002."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* "
|
||
"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest "
|
||
"expiration date from the order date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102
|
||
msgid "Use Removal Strategies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by "
|
||
"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration "
|
||
"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and "
|
||
"*Lots & Serial Numbers*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "force removal strategy set up as first in first out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123
|
||
msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out "
|
||
"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with "
|
||
"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with "
|
||
"outdated styles in stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the "
|
||
"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our "
|
||
"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the white shirt lots inventory valuation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 "
|
||
"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. "
|
||
"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from "
|
||
"that lot are the first ones to move out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot"
|
||
" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the FIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149
|
||
msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products "
|
||
"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of "
|
||
"products without a shelf life."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So,"
|
||
" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product "
|
||
"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product "
|
||
"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved "
|
||
"products are from lots 000003 and 000002."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "two lots being reserved for sell with the LIFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170
|
||
msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173
|
||
msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the "
|
||
"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to "
|
||
"their expiration date."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at "
|
||
":doc:`the related doc "
|
||
"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different "
|
||
"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set"
|
||
" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial "
|
||
"Numbers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the removal date for 0000001."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots "
|
||
"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not "
|
||
"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be"
|
||
" picked for delivery orders!"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force "
|
||
"Removal Strategy*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "view of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots"
|
||
" of them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Lot / Serial No**"
|
||
msgstr "** Lote / Número de série **"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Product**"
|
||
msgstr "**Produtos**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207
|
||
msgid "**Expiration Date**"
|
||
msgstr "**Data de validade**"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
msgid "0000001"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "Hand Cream"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209
|
||
msgid "09/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid "0000002"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211
|
||
msgid "11/30/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "0000003"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213
|
||
msgid "10/31/2019"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot "
|
||
"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the"
|
||
" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1
|
||
msgid "two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping"
|
||
msgstr "Envio"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Operations"
|
||
msgstr "Operações de transporte"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "Como cancelar uma solicitação de remessa a um remetente?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de "
|
||
"terceiros. O Odoo será conectado ao sistema de rastreamento da "
|
||
"transportadora."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr "Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15
|
||
msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você pode cancelar facilmente a solicitação feita ao sistema da operadora."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18
|
||
msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?"
|
||
msgstr "Como cancelar um pedido de envio?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been "
|
||
"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se a ordem de entrega não for ** Validada **, a solicitação não foi feita. "
|
||
"Você pode optar por cancelar a entrega ou alterar a transportadora."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you "
|
||
"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel"
|
||
" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier "
|
||
"Tracking Ref**:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se você clicou em ** Validar **, a solicitação foi feita e você deve ter "
|
||
"recebido o número de rastreamento e a etiqueta. Você ainda pode cancelar o "
|
||
"pedido. Basta clicar no botão ** Cancelar ** ao lado da ** Referência de "
|
||
"rastreamento da transportadora **:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32
|
||
msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled."
|
||
msgstr "Você verá agora que a remessa foi cancelada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37
|
||
msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish."
|
||
msgstr "Agora você pode alterar a operadora, se desejar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40
|
||
msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?"
|
||
msgstr "Como enviar um pedido de envio após o cancelamento?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want "
|
||
"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will "
|
||
"get a new tracking number and a new label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Após cancelar a solicitação de envio, você pode alterar a transportadora que"
|
||
" deseja usar. Confirme clicando no botão ** Enviar ao remetente **. Você "
|
||
"receberá um novo número de rastreamento e um novo rótulo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115
|
||
msgid ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116
|
||
msgid ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`multipack`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have "
|
||
"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller "
|
||
"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships"
|
||
" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the "
|
||
"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the"
|
||
" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating "
|
||
"warehouses."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products "
|
||
"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to"
|
||
" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are "
|
||
"enabled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the "
|
||
"product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price "
|
||
"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the "
|
||
"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for "
|
||
"purchase orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product form with a vendor specified."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a "
|
||
"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for "
|
||
"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales "
|
||
"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart "
|
||
"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ "
|
||
"(Request for Quotation)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders "
|
||
"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a "
|
||
"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The "
|
||
"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in "
|
||
"the top right corner of the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right "
|
||
"corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` "
|
||
"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. "
|
||
"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to "
|
||
"confirm the delivered quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal"
|
||
" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "Como faturar o custo de envio ao cliente?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:"
|
||
msgstr "Há duas maneiras de faturar os custos de envio:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Concordar com o cliente sobre um custo e selá-lo no pedido de venda"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping."
|
||
msgstr "Fature o custo real do frete."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** "
|
||
"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery "
|
||
"Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar o preço dos seus métodos de entrega, acesse o aplicativo ** "
|
||
"Inventário **, clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Entrega -> "
|
||
"Métodos de entrega`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on "
|
||
"rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você pode definir manualmente um preço para o frete: pode ser fixo ou com "
|
||
"base em regras."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the "
|
||
"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ou você pode usar o sistema de computação da empresa de transporte. Leia o "
|
||
"documento: doc: `../ setup / third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28
|
||
msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?"
|
||
msgstr "Como faturar os custos de envio ao cliente?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31
|
||
msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Faturar o preço definido no pedido de venda"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on "
|
||
"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Em seu pedido de venda, escolha a transportadora que será utilizada. Clique "
|
||
"em ** Método de entrega ** para escolher o correto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O preço é calculado quando você ** salva ** o pedido de venda ou quando "
|
||
"clica em ** Definir preço **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em ** "
|
||
"Definir preço **, ele adicionará uma linha com o nome da forma de entrega "
|
||
"como um produto. Pode ser diferente do preço real."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order."
|
||
msgstr "Ao criar a fatura, ela terá o preço definido no pedido de venda."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53
|
||
msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs"
|
||
msgstr "Faturar os custos reais de envio"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale "
|
||
"order and proceed to deliver the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O preço é calculado quando você ** salva ** o pedido de venda. Confirme a "
|
||
"ordem de venda e prossiga com a entrega do produto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you"
|
||
" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O custo real de envio é calculado quando o pedido de entrega é validado, "
|
||
"você pode ver o custo real no chatter do pedido de entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Volte para o pedido de venda, o custo real agora é adicionado ao pedido de "
|
||
"venda."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ao criar a nota fiscal, ela terá o preço calculado pela transportadora."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will "
|
||
"add a line to the sale order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se você dividir a entrega e fizer várias, cada pedido de entrega adicionará "
|
||
"uma linha ao pedido de venda."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88
|
||
msgid ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Change shipping label size"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can "
|
||
"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages"
|
||
" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured "
|
||
"to fit the package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Choose a "
|
||
"delivery method and click :guilabel:`Edit`. For the following example, "
|
||
"*FedEx International* will be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Different shipping methods."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose "
|
||
"one of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on "
|
||
"the carrier. :guilabel:`Save` the changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Select a label type."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and "
|
||
"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically "
|
||
"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and "
|
||
"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select"
|
||
" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Delivery order smart button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the"
|
||
" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Shipping PDF documents."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Example labels"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example "
|
||
"of a FedEx letter sized label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69
|
||
msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85
|
||
msgid "How to print shipping labels?"
|
||
msgstr "Como imprimir etiquetas de envio?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers "
|
||
"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to "
|
||
"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And "
|
||
"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de "
|
||
"terceiros vinculados ao sistema de rastreamento da empresa de transporte. "
|
||
"Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o destino. E, "
|
||
"finalmente, você poderá imprimir as etiquetas de envio diretamente do Odoo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Install the shipper company connector module"
|
||
msgstr "Instale o módulo conector da empresa remetente"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"No módulo ** Inventário **, clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> "
|
||
"Configurações`. Em ** Conectores de envio **, marque as empresas de "
|
||
"transporte que deseja integrar:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Then click on **Apply**."
|
||
msgstr "Em seguida, clique em ** Aplicar **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Configure the delivery method"
|
||
msgstr "Configure o método de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para configurar seus métodos de entrega, acesse o módulo ** Inventário **, "
|
||
"clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> Métodos de entrega`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Os métodos de entrega para os remetentes escolhidos foram criados "
|
||
"automaticamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery "
|
||
"will be handled and computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Na aba ** Preços **, o nome do provedor significa que a entrega será tratada"
|
||
" e computada pelo sistema do remetente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :"
|
||
msgstr "A configuração do remetente é dividida em duas colunas:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For"
|
||
" more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O primeiro está vinculado à ** sua conta ** (chave de desenvolvimento, "
|
||
"senha, ...). Para obter mais informações, consulte o site do provedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the "
|
||
"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A segunda coluna varia de acordo com o ** provedor **. Você pode escolher o "
|
||
"tipo de embalagem, o tipo de serviço, a unidade de peso ..."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65
|
||
msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings."
|
||
msgstr "Desmarque ** Modo de teste ** quando terminar os testes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77
|
||
msgid "Company configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuração da empresa"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company "
|
||
"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para calcular o preço certo, o provedor precisa das informações da sua "
|
||
"empresa. Certifique-se de que seu endereço e número de telefone estejam "
|
||
"codificados corretamente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on "
|
||
"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company "
|
||
"data**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Para verificar suas informações, acesse o aplicativo ** Configurações ** e "
|
||
"clique em ** Configurações gerais **. Clique no primeiro link ** Configure "
|
||
"os dados da sua empresa **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90
|
||
msgid "Product configuration"
|
||
msgstr "Configuração do produto"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price "
|
||
"computation cannot be done."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"As empresas remetentes precisam do peso do seu produto, caso contrário não "
|
||
"será possível fazer o cálculo do preço."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open "
|
||
"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Acesse o módulo ** Vendas **, clique em: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> "
|
||
"Produtos`. Abra os produtos que deseja enviar e defina um peso sobre eles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do"
|
||
" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O peso no formulário do produto é expresso em quilogramas. Não se esqueça de"
|
||
" fazer a conversão se estiver acostumado com o sistema de medição imperial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping "
|
||
"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O pedido de entrega criado a partir do pedido de venda pegará as informações"
|
||
" de envio dele, mas você pode alterar a transportadora se desejar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the"
|
||
" third party shipper in the additional info tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se você criar uma transferência de entrega a partir do módulo de estoque, "
|
||
"poderá adicionar o remetente terceirizado na guia de informações adicionais."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Clique em ** Validar ** para receber o número de rastreamento e ** a (s) "
|
||
"etiqueta (s) **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A etiqueta para colar em sua embalagem está disponível no histórico abaixo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :"
|
||
msgstr "Clique nele para abrir o documento e imprimi-lo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be "
|
||
"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se você estiver fazendo remessas de vários pacotes, na maioria das vezes "
|
||
"haverá uma etiqueta por pacote. Cada etiqueta aparecerá no histórico de "
|
||
"entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Multi-package shipments"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped "
|
||
"in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large "
|
||
"to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged "
|
||
"together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides "
|
||
"flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create "
|
||
"multiple delivery orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* "
|
||
"setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->"
|
||
" Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:24
|
||
msgid "Ship items in multiple packages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by"
|
||
" navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a"
|
||
" delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same "
|
||
"item, or both."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in "
|
||
"the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the "
|
||
"table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column "
|
||
"shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number "
|
||
"from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less"
|
||
" than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a "
|
||
"smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column."
|
||
" Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and "
|
||
"close the pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first "
|
||
"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of"
|
||
" the selected items."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the "
|
||
"quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue "
|
||
"doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button "
|
||
"appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for"
|
||
" the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the "
|
||
"items included in it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:0
|
||
msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76
|
||
msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need "
|
||
"to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create"
|
||
" a backorder for the items being shipped later."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will "
|
||
"be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above "
|
||
"<inventory/shipping/multiple-packages>` to package them as required. If they"
|
||
" will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` "
|
||
"column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being "
|
||
"shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will"
|
||
" be shipped later."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original "
|
||
"delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX"
|
||
" has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to "
|
||
"view the backorder delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on"
|
||
" the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder "
|
||
"delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in "
|
||
"multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another "
|
||
"backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to "
|
||
"create the first backorder."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Shipping Setup"
|
||
msgstr "Configuração de envio"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to setup a delivery method?"
|
||
msgstr "Como configurar um método de entrega?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by "
|
||
"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries "
|
||
"but also on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, mas não é ativado por "
|
||
"padrão. Os métodos de entrega podem ser usados para seus pedidos de venda,"
|
||
" suas entregas, mas também em seu e-commerce."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and "
|
||
"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to "
|
||
"compute the real price and the packagings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Os métodos de entrega permitem que você gerencie a empresa de transporte, o "
|
||
"preço e o destino. Você pode até integrar o Odoo com remetentes externos "
|
||
"para calcular o preço real e as embalagens."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Install the inventory module"
|
||
msgstr "Instale o módulo de inventário"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to "
|
||
"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in"
|
||
" order to see it :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Os métodos de entrega são tratados pelo módulo ** Custos de entrega **. Vá "
|
||
"para ** Apps ** e pesquise o módulo. Você deve remover o filtro ** Apps ** "
|
||
"para vê-lo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to"
|
||
" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se você deseja integrar métodos de entrega em seu e-commerce, você terá que "
|
||
"instalar o módulo ** eCommerce Delivery **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39
|
||
msgid "First set a name and a transporter company."
|
||
msgstr "Primeiro defina um nome e uma empresa transportadora."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Então você terá que definir o preço. Pode ser corrigido ou baseado em "
|
||
"regras."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the "
|
||
"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the "
|
||
"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se o preço for fixo, marque ** Preço fixo **. Você apenas terá que definir o"
|
||
" preço. Se desejar que a entrega seja gratuita acima de um determinado "
|
||
"valor, marque a opção ** Grátis se o total do pedido for maior que ** e "
|
||
"defina um preço."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on "
|
||
"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the "
|
||
"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se o preço variar de acordo com as regras, marque ** Com base nas regras **."
|
||
" Clique em ** adicionar um item a uma regra de preços **. Escolha uma "
|
||
"condição com base no peso, volume, preço ou quantidade."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit "
|
||
"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature "
|
||
"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Finalmente, você pode limitar o método de entrega a alguns destinos. O "
|
||
"limite pode ser aplicado a alguns países, estados ou até mesmo códigos "
|
||
"postais. Este recurso limita a lista de países em seu e-commerce."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real "
|
||
"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See "
|
||
":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você pode integrar Odoo com remetentes externos para calcular o preço real e"
|
||
" as embalagens, e lidar com a impressão das etiquetas de envio. Veja: doc: "
|
||
"`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Delivery process"
|
||
msgstr "Processo de entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110
|
||
msgid "Sale order"
|
||
msgstr "Pedido de venda"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want "
|
||
"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on "
|
||
"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a "
|
||
"product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Agora você pode escolher o ** Método de entrega ** em seu pedido de venda. "
|
||
"Caso queira faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em"
|
||
" ** Definir preço **, será adicionado uma linha com o nome da forma de "
|
||
"entrega como um produto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130
|
||
msgid "Delivery"
|
||
msgstr "Entrega"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90
|
||
msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você pode adicionar ou alterar o método de entrega na própria entrega."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the "
|
||
"chosen delivery method."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Na entrega, verifique as ** Informações da transportadora **. A "
|
||
"transportadora é o método de entrega escolhido."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99
|
||
msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "Como obter credenciais da DHL para integração com Odoo?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "Para usar a API Odoo DHL, você precisará de:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A DHL.com SiteID"
|
||
msgstr "Um ID do site DHL.com"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A DHL Password"
|
||
msgstr "Uma senha DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "A DHL Account Number"
|
||
msgstr "Um número de conta DHL"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and "
|
||
"Rest of the world)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Obtendo a ID do site e a senha para outros países além dos Estados Unidos "
|
||
"(Reino Unido e resto do mundo)"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML "
|
||
"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você deve entrar em contato com o gerente de contas da DHL e solicitar "
|
||
"integração para XML Express API. A pré-venda deve fornecer credenciais ao "
|
||
"vivo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States"
|
||
msgstr "Obtendo ID do site e senha para os Estados Unidos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account "
|
||
"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você precisa escrever para xmlrequests@dhl.com junto com os detalhes "
|
||
"completos da sua conta, como número da conta, região, endereço, etc. para "
|
||
"obter acesso à API."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?"
|
||
msgstr "Como integrar um remetente terceirizado?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. "
|
||
"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will "
|
||
"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the "
|
||
"destination."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O Odoo pode lidar com vários métodos de entrega, incluindo remetentes de "
|
||
"terceiros. O Odoo pode ser vinculado ao sistema de rastreamento da empresa "
|
||
"de transporte. Permite-lhe gerir a transportadora, os preços reais e o "
|
||
"destino."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies "
|
||
"you want to integrate :"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"No módulo de inventário, clique em: seleção de menus: `Configuração -> "
|
||
"Configurações`. Em ** Conectores de envio **, marque as empresas de "
|
||
"transporte que deseja integrar:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically "
|
||
"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same"
|
||
" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**"
|
||
" shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Os métodos de entrega para os remetentes escolhidos foram criados "
|
||
"automaticamente. Na maioria das vezes, haverá ** 2 ** métodos de entrega "
|
||
"para o mesmo fornecedor: um para envio ** internacional ** e outro para "
|
||
"envio ** doméstico **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create other methods with the same provider with other "
|
||
"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você pode criar outros métodos com o mesmo provedor com outra configuração, "
|
||
"por exemplo, ** Tipo de embalagem **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that "
|
||
"will appear on your ecommerce."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você pode alterar o ** Nome ** do método de entrega. Este é o nome que "
|
||
"aparecerá em seu e-commerce."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49
|
||
msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it."
|
||
msgstr "Sinalize ** Envio habilitado ** quando estiver pronto para usá-lo."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price "
|
||
"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Na guia de preços, o nome do fornecedor escolhido em ** Cálculo de preço ** "
|
||
"significa que o preço será calculado pelo sistema do remetente."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57
|
||
msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:"
|
||
msgstr "A configuração do remetente é dividida em duas colunas:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). "
|
||
"For more information, please refer to the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O primeiro está vinculado à ** sua conta ** (chave de desenvolvedor, senha, "
|
||
"...). Para obter mais informações, consulte o site do provedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can "
|
||
"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits "
|
||
"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic "
|
||
"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the "
|
||
"United States."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Finalmente, você pode limitar o método de entrega a alguns destinos. Você "
|
||
"pode limitá-lo a alguns países, estados ou até mesmo códigos postais. Este "
|
||
"recurso limita a lista de países em seu e-commerce. É útil para os "
|
||
"provedores domésticos. Por exemplo, o USPS US entrega apenas dos Estados "
|
||
"Unidos para os Estados Unidos."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products"
|
||
" you want to ship and set a weight on it."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Vá ao menu: seleção de menus: `Vendas -> Vendas -> Produtos`. Abra os "
|
||
"produtos que deseja enviar e defina um peso sobre eles."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to "
|
||
"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O peso no formulário do produto é expresso em quilogramas. Não se esqueça de"
|
||
" fazer a conversão se estiver acostumado com o sistema de medição imperial."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Sale process"
|
||
msgstr "Processo de venda"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery "
|
||
"method** to choose the right one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Agora você pode escolher a transportadora em seu pedido de venda. Clique em "
|
||
"** Método de entrega ** para escolher o correto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on "
|
||
"**Set price**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O preço é calculado quando você salva o pedido de venda ou quando clica em "
|
||
"** Definir preço **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, "
|
||
"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery "
|
||
"method as a product. It may vary from the real price."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Caso queira faturar o preço da taxa de entrega no pedido de venda, clique em"
|
||
" ** Definir preço **, será adicionado uma linha com o nome da forma de "
|
||
"entrega como um produto. Pode ser diferente do preço real."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will "
|
||
"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the"
|
||
" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Caso contrário, o preço real (calculado quando a entrega é validada) será "
|
||
"automaticamente adicionado à fatura. Para mais informações, leia o "
|
||
"documento: doc:`../operation/invoicing`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information "
|
||
"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A entrega criada a partir do pedido de venda pegará as informações de envio "
|
||
"dele. Você pode mudar a operadora se quiser."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will"
|
||
" be computed once the transfer is validated."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O peso é calculado com base nos pesos dos produtos. O custo de envio será "
|
||
"calculado assim que a transferência for validada."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking"
|
||
" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button "
|
||
"to check your delivery on the provider website."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Clique em ** Validar ** para receber o número de rastreamento. O campo ** "
|
||
"rastreamento de transportadora ref ** será preenchido automaticamente. "
|
||
"Clique no botão ** Rastreamento ** para verificar sua entrega no site do "
|
||
"provedor."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159
|
||
msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?"
|
||
msgstr "Como obter credenciais UPS para integração com Odoo?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5
|
||
msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:"
|
||
msgstr "Para usar a API Odoo UPS, você precisará de:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7
|
||
msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "Um ID de usuário e senha UPS.com"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9
|
||
msgid "A UPS account number"
|
||
msgstr "Um número de conta UPS"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11
|
||
msgid "An Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "Uma chave de acesso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the "
|
||
"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a UPS Account"
|
||
msgstr "Crie uma conta UPS"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If"
|
||
" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer "
|
||
"Service in order to to open an account."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Observe que apenas clientes localizados nos EUA podem abrir uma conta UPS "
|
||
"online. Se você estiver localizado fora dos Estados Unidos, precisará entrar"
|
||
" em contato com o Atendimento ao Cliente UPS para abrir uma conta."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their"
|
||
" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você pode ler informações adicionais sobre como abrir uma conta UPS no site "
|
||
"deles, na página, `Como abrir uma conta UPS online "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline. html? "
|
||
"srch_pos = 2 & srch_phr = open + ups + account> `_"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your "
|
||
"online profile by following these steps:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se ainda não tiver uma conta UPS, você pode criar uma junto com seu perfil "
|
||
"online seguindo estas etapas:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and"
|
||
" click the **New User** link at the top of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"1. Acesse o site UPS.com em `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>` __ e clique "
|
||
"no link ** Novo usuário ** na parte superior da página."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to "
|
||
"complete the registration process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"2. Clique no botão ** Registrar para MyUPS ** e siga as instruções para "
|
||
"concluir o processo de registro."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as "
|
||
"follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Se você já possui uma conta UPS, pode adicioná-la ao seu perfil online da "
|
||
"seguinte forma:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com "
|
||
"User ID and Password."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41
|
||
msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab."
|
||
msgstr "Clique na guia **My UPS**."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43
|
||
msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link."
|
||
msgstr "Clique no link ** Resumo da conta **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account "
|
||
"Details** section of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"4. Clique no link ** Adicionar uma conta UPS existente ** na seção ** "
|
||
"Detalhes conta UPS ** da página."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, "
|
||
"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United"
|
||
" States.q"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"5. Na tela ** Adicionar nova conta **, insira os campos ** Número da conta "
|
||
"UPS **, ** Nome da conta ** e ** Código postal **. O padrão do país é "
|
||
"Estados Unidos.q"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue."
|
||
msgstr "Clique no botão **Próximo** para continuar."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55
|
||
msgid "Get an Access Key"
|
||
msgstr "Obtenha uma chave de acesso"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can "
|
||
"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Depois de adicionar o número da sua conta UPS ao seu perfil de usuário, você"
|
||
" pode solicitar uma Chave de Acesso da UPS usando as etapas abaixo:"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page "
|
||
"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61
|
||
msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password"
|
||
msgstr "Faça login no UPS.com com seu ID de usuário e senha"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62
|
||
msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**."
|
||
msgstr "Clique no link ** Solicite uma chave de acesso **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Verify your contact information"
|
||
msgstr "Verifique suas informações de contato"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button."
|
||
msgstr "Clique no botão ** Solicitar chave de acesso **."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email "
|
||
"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary "
|
||
"contact."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"A ** Chave de acesso ** será fornecida a você na página da web e um e-mail "
|
||
"com a chave de acesso será enviado ao endereço de e-mail do contato "
|
||
"principal."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr "Fabricação"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process "
|
||
"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the"
|
||
" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger"
|
||
" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17
|
||
msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Maintenance"
|
||
msgstr "Manutenção"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add new equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday "
|
||
"operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece "
|
||
"of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different "
|
||
"locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo "
|
||
"can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third "
|
||
"party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of "
|
||
"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To "
|
||
"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` "
|
||
"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, "
|
||
"and configure the equipment as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; "
|
||
"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be "
|
||
"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment "
|
||
"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be"
|
||
" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific "
|
||
"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an "
|
||
"employee and a department"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this "
|
||
"page"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; "
|
||
"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no "
|
||
"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team "
|
||
"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as "
|
||
"a user can be assigned as a technician"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this"
|
||
" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not "
|
||
"work centers, like an office, for example"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify "
|
||
"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a "
|
||
"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and "
|
||
"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44
|
||
msgid "Include additional product information"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be "
|
||
"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for"
|
||
" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between "
|
||
"Failures)`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's "
|
||
"warranty will expire"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Add maintenance details"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to "
|
||
"maintenance teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often "
|
||
"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the "
|
||
"equipment when it fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time "
|
||
"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean "
|
||
"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest"
|
||
" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated "
|
||
"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for"
|
||
" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of"
|
||
" the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing management"
|
||
msgstr "Gestão de fabricação"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create a bill of materials (BoM)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *bill of materials* (or *BoM*) is a document that defines the quantity of "
|
||
"each component required to manufacture (or deliver) a finished product. It "
|
||
"can also include various operations types, steps, and instructions for the "
|
||
"individual guidelines needed to complete a production process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo *Manufacturing*, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be "
|
||
"linked to a product, so even product variants can have their own specific "
|
||
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the "
|
||
"manufacturing process, and saves time."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16
|
||
msgid "Set up a BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be set up with or without operations "
|
||
"steps or instructions, and can include as many or as few components as "
|
||
"needed. The simplest setup is one without operations or instructions. In "
|
||
"that case, the production is solely managed with *manufacturing orders* "
|
||
"(MOs)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of Materials`, and "
|
||
"click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Product` field, choose the"
|
||
" product that will be associated with the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill of materials creation screen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are three :guilabel:`BoM Types` that can be chosen for any bill of "
|
||
"materials:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` indicates that this product is "
|
||
"manufactured in-house, from start to finish using the components listed on "
|
||
"the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Kits` are sets of unassembled components that may be sold as "
|
||
"products, and are useful for managing more complex :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of "
|
||
"Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Subcontracting` outsources the production of some (or all) "
|
||
"components or products to outside manufacturers. This feature needs to be "
|
||
"enabled in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, under the :guilabel:`Operations` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` smart button on the product template, in "
|
||
"which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The most common :guilabel:`BoM Type` is :guilabel:`Manufacture this "
|
||
"product`. Once the :guilabel:`BoM Type` is chosen, click :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"Line` to add all the :guilabel:`Components` that go into the production of "
|
||
"the final product, as well as the :guilabel:`Quantity` of each component. "
|
||
"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"New components can be added, even during production, directly from the "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. After selecting :guilabel:`Add a line`, "
|
||
"create the new component and select :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create "
|
||
"and Edit`. Components can also be created by going to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Products`, and clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Specify a BoM for a product variant"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To assign *product variants* to :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`, the "
|
||
"feature must be enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, under the :guilabel:`Products` section by selecting "
|
||
":guilabel:`Variants` and clicking :guilabel:`Save`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *product "
|
||
"variants*, with two setup options available to choose from."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill of materials product variants and apply on variants options."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per "
|
||
"product variant, by specifying the :guilabel:`Product Variant` every time a "
|
||
"new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` is created."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second method is to create **one** master :abbr:`BoM (Bill of "
|
||
"Materials)` that contains all components, and specify which variant each "
|
||
"component applies to in the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"`Managing with Product Variants "
|
||
"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/manufacturing-with-product-"
|
||
"variants-2805>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` column is hidden by default and can be "
|
||
"accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu icon at the "
|
||
"right of the :guilabel:`Components` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87
|
||
msgid "Set up operations steps"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Some :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` require multiple operations and steps"
|
||
" during the manufacturing process. To create :guilabel:`Operations` on a "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` "
|
||
"feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings "
|
||
"--> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a Bill of Materials operation and the steps creation tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new "
|
||
"operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a name, and "
|
||
"specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and the :guilabel:`Default Duration` "
|
||
"settings. Under the :guilabel:`Work Sheet` tab, the type of :guilabel:`Work "
|
||
"Sheet` can also be chosen, if assembly instructions need to be attached."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:105
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Work Sheet` types that can be added are: :guilabel:`Text` "
|
||
"(with a :guilabel:`Description`); :guilabel:`PDF` files; and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Google Slide` presentations. When all the information has been "
|
||
"filled out, select :guilabel:`Save & Close`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill of materials create operations popup on operations tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:114
|
||
msgid "Add by-products to a BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *by-product* is a residual product that is created during production of a "
|
||
":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`. Unlike the finished product, there can be "
|
||
"more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:120
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the "
|
||
":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the feature is enabled, by-products can be added to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill "
|
||
"of Materials)` from the :guilabel:`By-products` tab by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line`. The by-product can be named, its "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quantity` specified, and a :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` chosen."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` has :guilabel:`Operations` steps, "
|
||
"specify exactly which operation the by-product is produced from in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Produced in Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to "
|
||
"save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:134
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Sell sets of products as kits"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being "
|
||
"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*."
|
||
" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of"
|
||
" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and "
|
||
"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products"
|
||
msgstr "Gerenciar estoque de produtos de componentes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit "
|
||
"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation"
|
||
" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for "
|
||
"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image "
|
||
"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second "
|
||
"image shows the corresponding delivery order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, "
|
||
"create each component product as you would with any other product, then "
|
||
"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the "
|
||
"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track "
|
||
"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. "
|
||
"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should "
|
||
"be unchecked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your "
|
||
"preference. The component products require no particular configuration."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit "
|
||
"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this"
|
||
" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their "
|
||
"default values."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products"
|
||
msgstr "Gerenciar estoque de produtos de kit e produtos de componentes"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a "
|
||
"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using "
|
||
"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. "
|
||
"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit "
|
||
"product will appear in your stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select "
|
||
"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales "
|
||
"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable "
|
||
"stock management."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture "
|
||
"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing"
|
||
" order* rather than a packing operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3
|
||
msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants"
|
||
msgstr "Como gerenciar BoMs para variantes de produtos"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the "
|
||
"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"O Odoo permite que você use uma lista de materiais para várias variantes do "
|
||
"mesmo produto. Simplesmente habilite as variantes em: seleção de menus: "
|
||
"`Configuração -> Configurações`."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the"
|
||
" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for "
|
||
"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all "
|
||
"variants."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Você poderá então especificar quais linhas de componentes devem ser usadas "
|
||
"na fabricação de cada variante de produto. Você pode especificar várias "
|
||
"variantes para cada linha. Se nenhuma variante for especificada, a linha "
|
||
"será usada para todas as variantes."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** "
|
||
"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is "
|
||
"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
"Ao definir as BoMs variantes com base no item de linha, o campo ** Variante "
|
||
"do produto ** na seção principal da BoM deve ser deixado em branco. Este "
|
||
"campo é usado ao criar um BoM para apenas uma variante de um produto."
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product "
|
||
"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured "
|
||
"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, "
|
||
"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of "
|
||
"configurations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107
|
||
msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit "
|
||
"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117
|
||
msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which"
|
||
" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly "
|
||
"in the BoM of the kit."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127
|
||
msgid "Manufacturing Order"
|
||
msgstr "Ordem de Produção"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as "
|
||
"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The "
|
||
"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the "
|
||
"kit BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57
|
||
msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing "
|
||
"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished "
|
||
"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in "
|
||
"this BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the "
|
||
"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, "
|
||
"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of "
|
||
"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the"
|
||
" kit BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95
|
||
msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104
|
||
msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit "
|
||
"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. "
|
||
"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing "
|
||
"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished "
|
||
"Product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The "
|
||
"last component is consumed during the second operation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Scrap during manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components"
|
||
" or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or "
|
||
"product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from "
|
||
"physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual "
|
||
"Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather"
|
||
" a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in "
|
||
"physical inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For more information about virtual locations, see the documentation about "
|
||
"the different types of :ref:`locations <inventory/management/difference-"
|
||
"warehouse-location>`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be "
|
||
"scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be"
|
||
" scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the "
|
||
"manufacturing process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> "
|
||
"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order "
|
||
"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display "
|
||
"all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual "
|
||
"Locations/Scrap` location."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:33
|
||
msgid "Scrap manufacturing components"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to"
|
||
" :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a "
|
||
"manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a"
|
||
" new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button "
|
||
"appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` "
|
||
"pop-up window appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up "
|
||
"window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity"
|
||
" in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap"
|
||
" the component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Scrap pop-up window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the "
|
||
"components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished "
|
||
"product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product "
|
||
"cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:60
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the "
|
||
"required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock "
|
||
"count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the "
|
||
"scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two "
|
||
"units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the "
|
||
"total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to "
|
||
"manufacture the table plus two units scrapped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Scrap components from tablet view"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:72
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do "
|
||
"so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then "
|
||
"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left"
|
||
" of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then "
|
||
"appears."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and "
|
||
"enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:92
|
||
msgid "Scrap finished products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing "
|
||
"order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, "
|
||
"click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up "
|
||
"window appear."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:98
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they"
|
||
" will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, "
|
||
"the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished "
|
||
"product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` "
|
||
"field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to "
|
||
"reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during "
|
||
"manufacturing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:107
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped "
|
||
"after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair "
|
||
"will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage semi-finished products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of "
|
||
"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A "
|
||
"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component "
|
||
"to make another one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. "
|
||
"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*."
|
||
" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a "
|
||
"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will "
|
||
"be for subassemblies."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also"
|
||
" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of "
|
||
"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*."
|
||
" Now, hit save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of "
|
||
"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Configure the Main BoM"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any "
|
||
"subassemblies in the list of components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level "
|
||
"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. "
|
||
"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it "
|
||
"available before manufacturing the finished product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is "
|
||
"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13
|
||
msgid "Control incoming goods quality;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Control subcontractors bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is "
|
||
"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials "
|
||
"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data "
|
||
"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your "
|
||
"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you "
|
||
"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced "
|
||
"directly from the subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several"
|
||
" subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52
|
||
msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send "
|
||
"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a "
|
||
"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a "
|
||
"subcontractor on the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the "
|
||
"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity "
|
||
"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* "
|
||
"(3);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70
|
||
msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the "
|
||
"validated receipt (5)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply "
|
||
"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase "
|
||
"order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right "
|
||
"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the "
|
||
"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and "
|
||
"materials used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Inventory Valuation"
|
||
msgstr "Avaliação de estoque"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87
|
||
msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89
|
||
msgid "**C = A + B + s**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91
|
||
msgid "With:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93
|
||
msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
|
||
msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96
|
||
msgid "subcontractor;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98
|
||
msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the "
|
||
"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To "
|
||
"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal "
|
||
"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be "
|
||
"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The "
|
||
"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the"
|
||
" accounting."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the "
|
||
"proposed price coming from the finished products C."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s"
|
||
" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the "
|
||
"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121
|
||
msgid "Traceability"
|
||
msgstr "Rastreabilidade"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked "
|
||
"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the "
|
||
"receipt."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button "
|
||
"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the "
|
||
"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also "
|
||
"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a "
|
||
"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144
|
||
msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the "
|
||
"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the "
|
||
"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the "
|
||
"subcontractors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156
|
||
msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, "
|
||
"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery "
|
||
"address and fill the components to deliver."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two "
|
||
"approaches:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165
|
||
msgid "Reordering rules;"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166
|
||
msgid "Replenish on order flow."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting "
|
||
"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering "
|
||
"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the"
|
||
" subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the "
|
||
"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master "
|
||
"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do "
|
||
"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted "
|
||
"components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188
|
||
msgid "Replenishment from another supplier"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to "
|
||
"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* "
|
||
"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other "
|
||
"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the "
|
||
"shipping."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and "
|
||
"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the "
|
||
"subcontractor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212
|
||
msgid "Quality Control"
|
||
msgstr "Controle de Qualidade"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is "
|
||
"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a "
|
||
"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an "
|
||
"external party, it can be defined on the product reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create "
|
||
"a new *Control Point* on the reception."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished "
|
||
"product is received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your "
|
||
"production based on your demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` "
|
||
"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS "
|
||
"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and "
|
||
"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the "
|
||
"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and"
|
||
" maximum quantities to replenish."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can "
|
||
"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize"
|
||
" them with drag and drop."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by "
|
||
"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual "
|
||
"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered"
|
||
" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what "
|
||
"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is "
|
||
"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some "
|
||
"information if it isn’t necessary."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48
|
||
msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation "
|
||
"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time,"
|
||
" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The"
|
||
" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for "
|
||
"its components."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be "
|
||
"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based "
|
||
"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are "
|
||
"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the "
|
||
"replenish button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), "
|
||
"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can "
|
||
"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will "
|
||
"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically "
|
||
"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83
|
||
msgid "Cells color signification"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different "
|
||
"colors depending on the situation:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the "
|
||
"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect "
|
||
"demand forecast."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"still matches current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity "
|
||
"was too high considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity"
|
||
" was too low considering current data."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the "
|
||
"stock will be negative during the period in question."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100
|
||
msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to "
|
||
"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new "
|
||
"replenishment."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107
|
||
msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you"
|
||
" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you "
|
||
"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114
|
||
msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on "
|
||
"the right of its name."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage work orders using work centers"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work"
|
||
" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work "
|
||
"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of "
|
||
"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the "
|
||
"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->"
|
||
" Work Orders`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first"
|
||
" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next "
|
||
"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by "
|
||
"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17
|
||
msgid "Create a work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center "
|
||
"form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that "
|
||
"describes the type of operations it will be used for"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for "
|
||
"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center "
|
||
"can be in use each week"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35
|
||
msgid "Set standards for work center productivity"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for "
|
||
"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a "
|
||
"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes "
|
||
"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 "
|
||
"minutes"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the "
|
||
"work center simultaneously"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work "
|
||
"is finished"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one "
|
||
"hour"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center "
|
||
"should be recorded"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The general information tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Assign equipment to a work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of "
|
||
"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be"
|
||
" displayed for each piece of equipment added:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the "
|
||
"equipment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the "
|
||
"piece of equipment will operate before failing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the "
|
||
"equipment to become fully operational again"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment "
|
||
"failure will occur"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are "
|
||
"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81
|
||
msgid "Integrate IoT devices"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT "
|
||
"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. "
|
||
"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible "
|
||
"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be "
|
||
"carried out."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab"
|
||
" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will"
|
||
" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. "
|
||
"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one"
|
||
" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for "
|
||
"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the "
|
||
"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the "
|
||
"top left of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the "
|
||
"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123
|
||
msgid "Monitor work center performance"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work "
|
||
"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed "
|
||
"at the top right of the form:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that "
|
||
"the work center has been fully productive"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current "
|
||
"workload"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a "
|
||
"percentage of the expected duration"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at "
|
||
"specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some "
|
||
"reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is "
|
||
"operational again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so "
|
||
"that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that "
|
||
"are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work "
|
||
"center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that "
|
||
"manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is "
|
||
"available again."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform "
|
||
"must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable "
|
||
":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`"
|
||
" smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-"
|
||
"up window."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to "
|
||
"the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`"
|
||
" under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time "
|
||
"off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. "
|
||
"Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module "
|
||
"should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green "
|
||
":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Time Off module installation card."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it "
|
||
"is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable"
|
||
" and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If"
|
||
" no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away "
|
||
"from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one "
|
||
"work center can also be performed at the other."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work "
|
||
"center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo "
|
||
"knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is "
|
||
"unavailable for any reason."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63
|
||
msgid "Add time off for a work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work "
|
||
"center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and "
|
||
"selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the "
|
||
":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` "
|
||
"drop-down menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard "
|
||
"working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other "
|
||
"details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be "
|
||
"taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On"
|
||
" the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure "
|
||
"(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End"
|
||
" Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be "
|
||
"unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is "
|
||
"logged in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94
|
||
msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent"
|
||
" to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Plan` button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the "
|
||
"manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the "
|
||
"unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`"
|
||
" to confirm the work order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By "
|
||
"default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work "
|
||
"Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top "
|
||
"left of the page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work "
|
||
"Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan "
|
||
"button."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo "
|
||
"recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking "
|
||
"the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative "
|
||
"work center unless the first one is at capacity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Quality control"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Create quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality "
|
||
"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, "
|
||
"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using "
|
||
"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not "
|
||
"detected by automated processes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11
|
||
msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within"
|
||
" the *Quality* module."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can"
|
||
" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant "
|
||
"quality team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` "
|
||
"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> "
|
||
"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being "
|
||
"created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has "
|
||
"the quality issue, if applicable"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue "
|
||
"originated"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality "
|
||
"alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality"
|
||
" alert"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to "
|
||
"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional "
|
||
"information to quality teams:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from "
|
||
"occurring in the future"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company "
|
||
"that produces the product, and the date assigned"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54
|
||
msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work "
|
||
"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet "
|
||
"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner "
|
||
"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access the work order menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous "
|
||
"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69
|
||
msgid "Manage existing quality alerts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages "
|
||
"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one "
|
||
"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. "
|
||
"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, "
|
||
"calendar, and pivot table views."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. "
|
||
"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters "
|
||
"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Add quality controls"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are "
|
||
"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the "
|
||
"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, "
|
||
"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at "
|
||
"specific points during production."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Configure quality control points"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control"
|
||
" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, "
|
||
"accordingly:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative "
|
||
"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the "
|
||
"specific quality control point"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform "
|
||
"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery "
|
||
"Orders`, etc.)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the "
|
||
"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control "
|
||
"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, "
|
||
":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control"
|
||
" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. "
|
||
"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for "
|
||
"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from "
|
||
":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`"
|
||
" to determine how often the control point should executed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - "
|
||
"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of "
|
||
"the quality control point check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and "
|
||
"evolution of the quality control point over time"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check "
|
||
"fails"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44
|
||
msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be "
|
||
"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work "
|
||
"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point,"
|
||
" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60
|
||
msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These "
|
||
"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance "
|
||
"will pass the check:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take "
|
||
"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should "
|
||
"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within "
|
||
"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`"
|
||
" 60.5 mm)"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality "
|
||
"check."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. "
|
||
"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were "
|
||
"specified on the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires"
|
||
" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be "
|
||
"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For "
|
||
"products that measure within the values indicated in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that"
|
||
" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the "
|
||
"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet "
|
||
"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management "
|
||
"team."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8
|
||
msgid "Purchase"
|
||
msgstr "Compra"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, "
|
||
"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate "
|
||
"replenishments and follow up on your orders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14
|
||
msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Advanced"
|
||
msgstr "Avançado"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to "
|
||
"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to "
|
||
"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if "
|
||
"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you "
|
||
"negotiate discounts on prices."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11
|
||
msgid "Generate customized reports"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the "
|
||
"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual "
|
||
"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart "
|
||
"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it,"
|
||
" key metrics and a pivot table."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and "
|
||
"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26
|
||
msgid "Use filters to select the data you need"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on "
|
||
"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the "
|
||
"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates "
|
||
"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured "
|
||
"filters are:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33
|
||
msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35
|
||
msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the "
|
||
"previous year, canceled purchase orders included"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases "
|
||
"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, "
|
||
"depending on their date of confirmation"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at "
|
||
"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*"
|
||
" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you"
|
||
" filtered with the previous one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Add custom filters"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your"
|
||
" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the "
|
||
"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and "
|
||
"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions "
|
||
"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom "
|
||
"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and "
|
||
"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired "
|
||
"filtering options, click on *Apply*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking"
|
||
" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The "
|
||
"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or "
|
||
"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80
|
||
msgid "Measure exactly what you need"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you "
|
||
"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard "
|
||
"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to "
|
||
"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at "
|
||
"the top right of the dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92
|
||
msgid "Visualize your data"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the "
|
||
"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, "
|
||
"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using"
|
||
" one or several of the 19 *Groups*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first "
|
||
"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds "
|
||
"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked "
|
||
"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are "
|
||
"displayed."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Explore your data"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. "
|
||
"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures "
|
||
"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the "
|
||
"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new "
|
||
"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add "
|
||
"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and"
|
||
" so on."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or "
|
||
"export it as an Excel file."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5
|
||
msgid "Manage deals"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: "
|
||
"blanket orders and call for tenders."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to "
|
||
"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your "
|
||
"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same "
|
||
"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different "
|
||
"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process "
|
||
"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple "
|
||
"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often "
|
||
"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods "
|
||
"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal "
|
||
"among several vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20
|
||
msgid "Enable purchase agreements"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and"
|
||
" activate *Purchase Agreements*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable purchase agreements in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30
|
||
msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured "
|
||
"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase "
|
||
"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls "
|
||
"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure "
|
||
"the:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37
|
||
msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using "
|
||
"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both"
|
||
" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only "
|
||
"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where "
|
||
"you only want to select a single vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, "
|
||
"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your"
|
||
" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines "
|
||
"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-"
|
||
"filled in with that information."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify "
|
||
"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new "
|
||
"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set "
|
||
"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities"
|
||
" of agreement*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure purchase agreements types in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59
|
||
msgid "Set up a blanket order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||
" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. "
|
||
"The other fields aren't mandatory."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can "
|
||
"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with"
|
||
" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If "
|
||
"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is"
|
||
" only used for informational purposes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set up a blanket order in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||
"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on "
|
||
"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready "
|
||
"to be used."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78
|
||
msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need "
|
||
"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for "
|
||
"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket"
|
||
" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, "
|
||
"product lines can also be pre-filled."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under "
|
||
"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create new quotations for an ongoing blanket order in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it"
|
||
" to an existing *Blanket Order*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97
|
||
msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment "
|
||
"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed,"
|
||
" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is"
|
||
" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Blanket order added to product configuration in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108
|
||
msgid "Set up a call for tenders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*."
|
||
" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't"
|
||
" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an "
|
||
"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for "
|
||
"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for"
|
||
" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you "
|
||
"their best quote."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the "
|
||
"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set up a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126
|
||
msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New "
|
||
"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for"
|
||
" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you "
|
||
"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send "
|
||
"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process "
|
||
"for each vendor."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Request a quotation from a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving "
|
||
"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, "
|
||
"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Validate a call for tenders and view all quotations in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your "
|
||
"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and "
|
||
"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. "
|
||
"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Confirm an order in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each "
|
||
"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: "
|
||
"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check "
|
||
"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on "
|
||
"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know"
|
||
" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or "
|
||
"fraudulent vendor bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Vendor bills default control policy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control "
|
||
"policy for all the products created onwards."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Vendor bills default control setting for new products in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon "
|
||
"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are "
|
||
"used to generate the draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once"
|
||
" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The "
|
||
"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try"
|
||
" to create one without having received any product, you get an error "
|
||
"message."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "No invoiceable line error message in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36
|
||
msgid "Change a specific product's control policy"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to "
|
||
"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control "
|
||
"policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47
|
||
msgid "View a purchase order's billing status"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the"
|
||
" *Other Information* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Purchase order billing status in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they "
|
||
"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||
msgid "**Billing status**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60
|
||
msgid "**Conditions**"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||
msgid "*On received quantities*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62
|
||
msgid "*On ordered quantities*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "*Nothing to Bill*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed; no products received"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64
|
||
msgid "*(Not applicable)*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "*Waiting Bills*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; bill not created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66
|
||
msgid "PO confirmed"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "*Fully Billed*"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68
|
||
msgid "Draft bill created"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72
|
||
msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way"
|
||
" matching*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "3-way-matching setting in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On "
|
||
"received quantities*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84
|
||
msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?"
|
||
msgstr "Devo pagar a conta do fornecedor?"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be "
|
||
"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Should Be Paid field under a vendor bill in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if "
|
||
"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have "
|
||
"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* "
|
||
"when you create one."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, "
|
||
"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It"
|
||
" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason "
|
||
"to have done so."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be "
|
||
"Paid* status is set to *No*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Paid bill in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can "
|
||
"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Manage vendor bills"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a "
|
||
"company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive"
|
||
" from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services "
|
||
"purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing "
|
||
"process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app"
|
||
" settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15
|
||
msgid "Bill control policies"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll "
|
||
"down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: "
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a "
|
||
"policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The "
|
||
"definition of each policy is as follows:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase "
|
||
"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are "
|
||
"used to generate a draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of "
|
||
"the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** "
|
||
"are used to generate a draft bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control "
|
||
"policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a "
|
||
"product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Control policy field on product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46
|
||
msgid "3-way matching"
|
||
msgstr "Correspondência de 3 vias"
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of "
|
||
"the products included in the purchase order have actually been received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> "
|
||
"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check"
|
||
" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and "
|
||
"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64
|
||
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created."
|
||
" Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to "
|
||
"create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on "
|
||
"the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is "
|
||
"completed at different steps of the procurement process."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72
|
||
msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*"
|
||
" bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> "
|
||
"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
|
||
"section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
|
||
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for "
|
||
"quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for "
|
||
"the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft "
|
||
"Bill` page for the purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify "
|
||
"the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed,"
|
||
" add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking "
|
||
":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill"
|
||
" can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been "
|
||
"received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number,"
|
||
" which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the "
|
||
":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> "
|
||
"Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment "
|
||
":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; "
|
||
"and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down "
|
||
"menu."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` "
|
||
"banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` "
|
||
"or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a "
|
||
"vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the "
|
||
"customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods "
|
||
"returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128
|
||
msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any "
|
||
"quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control "
|
||
"policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before "
|
||
"proceeding."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received "
|
||
"quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app "
|
||
"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` "
|
||
"section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill "
|
||
"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` "
|
||
"to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a "
|
||
"blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the "
|
||
"purchase order."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will"
|
||
" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase "
|
||
"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items "
|
||
"included on the order to create a vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse "
|
||
"receipt form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to "
|
||
"mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the "
|
||
":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a "
|
||
":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft "
|
||
"Bill`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft "
|
||
"bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are "
|
||
"received."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and "
|
||
":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. "
|
||
"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor "
|
||
"bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the "
|
||
":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191
|
||
msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, "
|
||
"**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click "
|
||
":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines "
|
||
"(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a "
|
||
"line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any "
|
||
"other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm "
|
||
"the bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration "
|
||
"on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add"
|
||
" credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` "
|
||
"number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`"
|
||
" to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down "
|
||
"menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase "
|
||
"order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from"
|
||
" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0
|
||
msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222
|
||
msgid "Batch billing"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* "
|
||
"app."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. "
|
||
"Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the"
|
||
" :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This "
|
||
"selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or "
|
||
":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send"
|
||
" & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices "
|
||
"or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process "
|
||
"payments for multiple vendor bills at once."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this "
|
||
"pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` "
|
||
"field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and "
|
||
"choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a "
|
||
"list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are"
|
||
" all tied to their appropriate vendor bills."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will "
|
||
"only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to "
|
||
":guilabel:`Posted`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Configure reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a "
|
||
"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering "
|
||
"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that"
|
||
" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls"
|
||
" below a set threshold."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11
|
||
msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14
|
||
msgid "Configure products for reordering"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can "
|
||
"be added to them."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, "
|
||
":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or "
|
||
":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> "
|
||
"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. "
|
||
"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click "
|
||
"into it's product form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can "
|
||
"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. "
|
||
"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the "
|
||
":guilabel:`General Information` tab."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it "
|
||
"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of "
|
||
"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase "
|
||
"orders automatically by defining the following fields:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored"
|
||
" once they are received and entered into stock."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule "
|
||
"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on "
|
||
"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created "
|
||
"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is "
|
||
"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be "
|
||
"created for 21 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only "
|
||
"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, "
|
||
"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the "
|
||
"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max "
|
||
"Quantity` field."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple "
|
||
"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order "
|
||
"will be created for 200 units of the product."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will"
|
||
" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, "
|
||
"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for "
|
||
"non-discrete products like water or bricks."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74
|
||
msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which "
|
||
"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate "
|
||
"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-"
|
||
"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled "
|
||
"actions."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85
|
||
msgid "Manage reordering rules"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that "
|
||
"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the "
|
||
"top of the form."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this"
|
||
" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting "
|
||
"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the "
|
||
":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form "
|
||
"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3
|
||
msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different"
|
||
" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion "
|
||
"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to "
|
||
"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your "
|
||
"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10
|
||
msgid "Consider the following examples:"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**."
|
||
" However, your customers are European and use **liters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces "
|
||
"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19
|
||
msgid "Enable units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. "
|
||
"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29
|
||
msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32
|
||
msgid "Standard units of measure"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. "
|
||
"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: "
|
||
"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories "
|
||
"(see next section)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the "
|
||
"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a "
|
||
"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*"
|
||
" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as "
|
||
"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of "
|
||
"Measure* to be used for purchases."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in "
|
||
"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* "
|
||
"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase"
|
||
" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56
|
||
msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because "
|
||
"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate"
|
||
" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the "
|
||
"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, "
|
||
"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both"
|
||
" units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure "
|
||
"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to "
|
||
":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting"
|
||
" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name"
|
||
" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the"
|
||
" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter "
|
||
"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by "
|
||
"Odoo is always a multiple of this value."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use "
|
||
"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might "
|
||
"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it "
|
||
"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower"
|
||
" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then "
|
||
"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> "
|
||
"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* "
|
||
"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of "
|
||
"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of"
|
||
" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or "
|
||
"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select "
|
||
"*Smaller*."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the "
|
||
"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater "
|
||
"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106
|
||
msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112
|
||
msgid ""
|
||
"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard "
|
||
"units of measure."
|
||
msgstr ""
|
||
|
||
#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1
|
||
msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase"
|
||
msgstr ""
|